Rittal CRAC System UKS

Rittal CRAC System UKS

Operating Instructions

Rittal CRAC System UKS-DX 3300.760

0-0a

llger

it-gb

-01-

0210

.fm

Table of ContentsOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1

Maintenance

Assembly and First Operation 2

4

5

0Project-Related Data

Safety Notes

Operation 3

Part IIntroduction

For anyone who uses the unit or works on it

Part IIAssembly and

First Operation For technical

and Rittal service per-sonnel

OperationFor technical personnel

and operators

Part IIIMaintenance and Trou-

bleshootingFor technical and Rittal

service personnel

Unit Components 6

7

8Project-Related Appendix

Additional Documents

Part IVReference Section

For technical and Rittal service personnel

Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning

Rittal CRAC System UKSOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

0-0allgerit-gb-01-0210.fm

Original Operating Instructions(Assembly instructions integrated)

Dear customer!

We would like to thank you for choosing the Rittal CRAC System UKS!

Please take the time to read this documen-tation carefully.

Pay special attention to the hazard alert messages in the text and the chapter safety notes.

This is the precondition for safe assembly of the Rittal CRAC System UKS, safe han-dling and trouble-free operation.

Please keep the entire documentation, to ensure it is immediately available if needed.

We are ready to aid you by answering technical queries concerning our entire product programme.

Our best wishes for a successful applica-tion

Kind regards

Rittal GmbH & Co. KG

Rittal GmbH & Co. KGAuf dem Stützelberg

35745 HerbornGermany

Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19

E-Mail: [email protected]

Rittal CRAC System (sample illustration)

Project-Related Data

0-1p

rojd

rit-g

b-01

-021

0.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

0

Project-Related Data

EC Declaration of conformity

Functional Diagram

Technical Data

Unit Sketch

Project-Related DataOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

0-1projdrit-gb-01-0210.fm

31Y1

DI

DO

AI AO

TEEC

CM

Ritta

l Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD-

3574

5 He

rbor

nTe

lefo

n: +

49 2

772

505-

0Te

lefa

x: +

49 2

772

505-

2700

08.0

2.11

M. K

öste

r

08.0

2.11

M. K

öste

r UKS-

DX 3

300.

760

PZHPE

EC

TZH

MSH

ME

TETE

M

Ablu

ft

PD

Zulu

ft

50E1

**40

E1 **

60Y1

**

20M

30F

31A130

M

68B1

68B1

68B2

52F1

**40

F2 **

50N1

70B1

31B2

31B1

67B1

**

[RAU

M]

64M **

65F1 **

Edite

d

Audi

ted

Nam

eD

ate

Con

d.M

odifi

catio

nD

ate

Nam

e

Des

igna

tion:

Rep

lace

s:

Ord

er n

o.:

We

rese

rve

all r

ight

s fo

r thi

s dr

awin

g.

It m

ust n

ot b

e re

prod

uced

or m

ade

avai

labl

e to

third

par

ties

or b

e m

isuse

d in

any

oth

er w

ay.

Rep

lace

d by

:FU

NCTI

ONA

L DI

AGRA

MD

rawi

ng:

Fire

pro

tect

ion

flap

Operation *

Maintainance *

Fault *

Back

up p

ower

sup

ply

ON

by

cust

omer

Water sensor

Condensate pump

Fals

e flo

or p

ress

ure

Iden

tifica

tions

cor

resp

onts

to th

ose

in th

e el

ectri

cal d

iagr

am!

* Po

tent

ial-f

ree

cont

acts

**

Opt

ion

Power supply B ON **

Power supply A ON **

Smoke detector

Fire detector

Erstellt am: 15.06.2011 Rittal GmbH & Co. KG Erstellt von: MS Druckdatum: 15.06.2011 Seite 1 von 1

UKS-DX 3300.760

UNIT DATA type: Rittal CRAC system UKS (DX) air volume: 16000 m³/h width: 1800 mm air pressure extern: 50 Pa depth: 850 mm inlet air temperature: 26 °C height above floor: 1950 mm relative inlet air humidity: 45 % weight: 935 kg condensing temperature: 50,0 °C filter category (EN 779): G4 refrigerant: R407C voltage: 400/3/50 V/Ph/Hz total cooling capacity: 55,5 kW unit EER: 3,3 sensible cooling capacity: 55,5 kW altitude above sea level: 0 m EVAPORATION DATA quantity: 1 evaporator pressure drop : 19,8 kPa evaporation temperature: 9,8 °C air pressure drop: 61,0 Pa outlet air temperature : 15,6 °C air velocity: 2,3 m/s relative outlet air humidity: 85,5 % COMPRESSOR DATA quantity: 3 condenser capacity: 69,7 kW total power consumption: 15,1 kW current: 26,6 A max. electric current: 39,3 A FAN DATA quantity: 2 electric current: 2,6 A total power consumption: 1711,0 W max. electric current: 9,2 A fan speed: 815 1/min control voltage: 6,8 V motor efficiency: % SOUND DATA unit sound power: 76 dB(A) sound power box: 59 dB(A) sound power in: 72 dB(A) free field sound pressure (2 m): 59 dB(A) sound power out: 79 dB(A) sound power in sound power out [Hz] [dB] [NR] [Hz] [dB] [NR] 63 76 52 63 79 55 125 79 65 125 82 68 250 77 70 250 80 73 500 72 68 500 75 71 1000 70 70 1000 73 73 2000 69 71 2000 72 74 4000 65 70 4000 68 73 8000 61 67 8000 64 70 ELECTRIC HEATING max. heating power: 15,0 kW electric current: 21,7 A quantity ranks: STETIG HUMIDIFICATION max. steam power: 15,0 kg/h electric current: 16,3 A quantity: 1 inlet water: 1,0 - 10 bar inlet water connection: 1/2 '' water conductivity: 125 - 900 µs/cm outlet water connection: 40 mm SELECTED OPTIONS humidistat, water detection, condensate pump, smoke detector, fire detector The cooling capacity is as gross cooling capacity. To get the net colling capacity the fan heat load must be subtracted.

1800

850

Tel.

(064

08) 8

4-71

Fax

(064

08) 8

4-83

72

Ger

äte-

und

Anl

agen

bau

page

Dra

win

g:

Ord

er n

o.:

ERS.

D.ER

S.F.

Des

igna

tion:

URS

PR

Nam

eD

ate

BEAR

GEP

R

NO

RM

Nam

eD

ate

Mod

ifica

tion

Con

d.

D-35

447

Reisk

irche

n-Li

nden

stru

th

Wei

ss K

limat

echn

ik G

mbH

UKS-

DX 3

300.

760

AA

1950

127

830

91

84

110

100

26161

75

304

76

91

750

50

180

1590

5016

0

1590

750

M. S

enge

15.0

6.11

M. S

enge

15.0

6.11

525-575

1760

Hum

idifi

er w

ater

sup

ply

Elec

tric

cabl

e fe

ed o

peni

ngs

Con

dens

ate

drai

n

A-A Hum

idifi

er w

ater

dra

in

Liqu

id li

ne

Hot

-gas

line

Spac

e fo

r mai

nten

ance

900

mm

in fr

ont o

f the

uni

t60

0 m

m in

fron

t of t

he fa

n

All c

onne

ctio

ns fr

om th

e bo

ttom

up!

Hot-g

as lin

e: 2

8x1,

5 m

mLi

quid

line:

16x

1 m

mCo

nden

sate

dra

in: 4

0 m

mHu

mid

ifier w

ater

sup

ply:

1/2

"Hu

mid

ifier w

ater

dra

in: 4

0 m

m

KLDR

6/ W

CRFI

XXX0

0022

217,

2kg

1 2 max

.184

00 m

³/h2

x 0,

67 k

W2

x 3,

3 A

max

. 890

U/m

in23

0 V/

1 P

h/ 5

0 Hz

35 m

m28

mm

32,9

7 l

120

2545

2615

420

460

390

80565

1615

1050

2475

120

2545

2615

1080

1120

1050

565

1105

390150

2475

15.0

6.11

M. S

enge

Ritta

l Gmb

h & C

o. KG

Auf S

tütze

lberg,

D 35

745 H

erbom

Telef

on +4

9 (0)2

772/5

05-0

Telef

ax +4

9 (0)2

772/5

05-27

0015

.06.

11M

. Sen

ge

Cond.

Mod

ifica

tion

Dat

e

Dat

e

Nam

e

Nam

eed

ited

audi

ted

repl

aces

repl

aced

by

Desig

natio

n

Ord

er N

o.:

Draw

ing

Cond

ense

r typ

e:W

eigh

t:Q

uant

ity o

f ref

rig. c

ircui

ts:

Qua

ntity

of f

ans:

Air v

olum

e:Po

wer c

onsu

mpt

ion

of fa

n:No

min

al c

urre

nt o

f fan

:

Spee

d of

fan:

Pow

er s

uppl

y:Ho

t gas

bra

zed

conn

ectio

n:Li

quid

bra

zed

conn

ectio

n:In

tern

al v

olum

e of

coi

l:

Dim

ensio

ns fo

r ver

tical

disc

harg

e:

Dim

ensio

ns b

y ho

rizon

tal d

ischa

rge:

exte

rnal

con

dens

er K

LDR

third

partie

s or b

e misu

sed i

n any

othe

r way

.It m

ust n

ot be

repro

duce

d or m

ade a

vaila

bleto

We r

eserv

e all r

ights

for th

is dra

wing

.

Safety Notes

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


1
1 Safety Notes
1.1 Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions

1.2 Vital Safety Notes

Rittal air-conditioning units have been designed and manufac-tured to meet all safety measures. Nonetheless they entail some inevitable hazards. These safety notes provide an overview of these hazards and the safety measures required to counteract them.

In the interest of your own safety and the safety of other persons, be sure to carefully read these safety notes before commencing with assembly and first operation of the air-conditioning unit!

Please carefully observe user information contained in these operating instructions or printed on the unit.

1


1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm

Safety Notes Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions

2

1.1 Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions

DANGER! This warning symbol identifies a major hazard from the product, which may cause injury or even death if the precautions men-tioned are not observed!

ATTENTION! This warning symbol identifies situations that may result in prop-erty damage. However, the consequences also might be injury of persons, e. g. as caused by a fire.

In addition to these general warning signs, the hazards are pointed out by different self-explanatory graphic warning signs, while the information about safety measures is enhanced by prohibiting and commanding signs.

Warning signs are shown in a triangle.

Example: Warning of hot surface!

Prohibiting signs are shown in a circle with a stroke.

Example: No open fire and smoking!

Commanding signs are shown in a circle with background fill-ing.

Example: Wear safety glasses!

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions

1

NOTE: This symbol alerts to information concerning individual operat-ing steps, explanations or tips for simplified procedures.

In addition to this general sign further self-explanatory rectangu-lar signs are used.

Signs identifying a note are shown in a rectangle.

Example: Note calling attention to First Aid.

The following identifications are additionally used in this docu-ment:

The black dot identifies an “item requiring action”; it prompts you to perform an operation.

The ticked box prompts you to check something.

The pointing hand alerts you to something you need to pay special attention to while following a sequence of operating steps.

The information sign points out context information you are given along with a sequence of operating steps.

3



Safety Notes Important Safety Notes

4

1.2 Important Safety Notes

DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the cover plates, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components.

DANGER! Electric shock! Even after the power supply has been shut off, some circuits in the electrical module as well as the fan electronics are still conducting voltage for several minutes! Touching these components can cause death! After switching the power supply off, wait atleast 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!

DANGER! Electric shock! Potential-free contacts may still conduct voltage after the supply voltage has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Touch potential-free contacts only when you can safely exclude that these conduct voltage!

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Important Safety Notes

1

DANGER! Electric shock! Measuring, regulating and safety circuits con-duct voltage even after the main switch has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Only touch measuring, regulating and safety cir-cuit parts when the system has been switched voltageless!

DANGER! Severe injury inflicted by the fan impeller! Keep persons and objects away from the fan impeller! Open the double floor only when the supply power has been shut off and the fan impeller stands still! For maintenance jobs stop the fan whenever possible! Tie long hair! Do not wear loose-fitting clothes! After interruption of power supply, the fan will automatically start again!

DANGER! Injury may be inflicted by covers of the dou-ble floor that pop out! Due to overpressure in the double floor, covers may suddenly pop out after opening. Open the cover plates of the double floor only when fan stands still!

5




6

DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard. When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!

DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and touching contaminents that are inevitably produced during operation of the unit may present a health hazard! Regularly clean the unit!

DANGER! Injury through sharp edges of the heat exchanger! Put on protective gloves before beginning with any assembly and cleaning work!

DANGER! Hands may be injured by gearwheels at the louver dampers! Keep hands off external gear wheels!

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


1

DANGER! Hands may be injured by closing louver damper! Keep hands out of the moving range of the louver dampers!

DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch the heating, compressor, oil separator, steam humidifier, steam lance and the corresponding pipelines during operation and for some time afterward!

DANGER! Injury through falling objects! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck, forklift truck or crane, do not step below the lifted load!

7




8

DANGER! Injury by refrigerant! Escaping gas may cause frostbite! Put on safety gloves and eye protection before working on the refrigerant circuit!

DANGER! Poisoning by refrigerant gases, which are generated by influence of heat! Put on safety gloves and respiratory protection with filter before commencing with soldering or welding on the refrigerant circuit! In case of larger leakage immediately stop smoking! Avoid fire and open light!

The refrigerants used are classified safety class A1 to DIN EN 378 regarding flammability and toxicity (no flaming; low toxicity).

ATTENTION! Danger of environmental pollution by escaping refrigerant! Prevent refrigerant from escaping to the environment wherever possible! If gases escape i nadvertently, absorb them by spraying with a water jet, allow residuals to evaporate.

NOTE: The owner of the air-conditioning unit is obligated to observe the rules for accident prevention relating to handling of refrigerants!

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


1

Technical personnelonly!

First Aid upon Accidents with Refrigerants and Antifreezing Agents:

Upon inhaling: Ensure the injured person gets fresh air and rest. Call a medical doctor. Call an ambulance with respiratory equip-ment. If the person stops breathing: apply artificial respira-tion.

Upon eye contact: Do not rub the eyes! Rinse the eyes for atleast 15 minutes with plenty of lukewarm water while holding the eye lids open. Call a medical doctor.

Upon skin contact: Immediately wash for atleast 15 minutes with plenty of water. Call a medical doctor. Take off wetted clothing. Do not pull off clothing that is stick-ing to the skin.

Notes for the medical doctor:Do not give the patient compounds of the adrenaline ephedrine group and do not give catecholamines.

Operators and technical personnel: Installation, first operation, maintenance and repair of this unit may only be carried out by qualified fitters and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors, windows or cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electri-cians.

The unit must only be operated by trained personnel.

9




10

ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Due to the strong negative pressure behind the doors and the isolation plate, objects may be drawn into the air-conditioning unit. Open the doors or the isolation plate only when fan stands still!

ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Do not modify the unit! Use only original spare parts!

ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Proper functioning of the air-conditioning unit can only be guar-anteed when it is operated at the defined ambient conditions. To the extent possible, ensure that the ambient conditions the design is based on are met, e. g. temperatures, air humidity, air purity.

ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! All media required for control operation, e. g. warm water, must be available during the entire operating time of the air-condition-ing unit.

Intended Use: Depending on the version, Rittal air-conditioning units are used to cool, ventilate, humidify, filter and heat the air in rooms, build-ings or processing plants. It must be used exclusively for these purposes, other use is not allowed.

1-0s

iche

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


1

NOTE: The following applies to refrigeration systems: DIN EN 378 requires the company operating the system to issue and maintain a system log book. The following information must be noted in it: Details about all maintenance jobs performed, volume and type (new, reused or recycled) refrigerant that has been filled in, volume of refrigerant drained from the system, result of an analysis of the refrigerant, if available, origin of reused refrigerant, changes to or replacement of system components, results of regular routine checks as well as prolonged periods of standstill.

NOTE: The following applies to refrigeration systems: According to the EU regulation 2037/2000 and ChemOzonSchichtV(Germany), the owner of the system must ensure that the system is regu-larly and professionally inspected and maintained as well as checked for tightness at least once a year by means of suitable devices. Leaks found must be repaired immediately.

11




12

NOTE: According to the German water regulations (Wasserhaush-altsgesetz) § 19 the company operating the unit is obligated to employ specialised companies with the installation, the mainte-nance or cleaning of systems, unless the company operating meets those requirements. The company operating a system must continuously monitor the tightness of the system and the function of the safety equip-ment. In individual cases, the responsible authority can require the owner to conclude a monitoring contract with a specialist company, if the owner is not capable of fulfilling the require-ments himself. Additionally, the owner must have the system inspected by approved specialists, especially so before first operation, latest two and a half years after the last inspection, before re-commissioning a system that has been shut down for more than one year, when a system is de-commissioned. The responsible authority can require the owner to name a per-son in charge of water protection.

NOTE: Be sure to observe the applicable law on waste removal when disposing of the filters! If the filters are exposed to hazardous substances, the company operating must ensure proper training and equipment of the personnel with protective clothing!

Assembly and First Operation

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

2 Assembly and First Operation

2.1 Transport, Storage

2.2 Notes on Disposal

2.3 Transport to Installation Site

2.4 Scope of Supply

2.5 Installation

2.6 Assembly

2.7 Media Connections

2.8 Electrical Connection

2.9 First Operation

13


2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm

Assembly and First Operation Transport, Storage

14

2.1 Transport, Storage

ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Upon initial delivery, transport and store the air-conditioning unit only at temperatures between -10 and +50 °C, relative humidity max. 80 % r.H. (non condensing)! Transport and store the units only in suitable packaging. With or without packaging, store them exclusively in closed rooms.

If the exterior packaging is so seriously damaged that the contents may also be affected, inform the carrier.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Notes Concerning Disposal

2

2.2 Notes Concerning Disposal

Disposal of packaging materialsPlastic foil is used to protect the units, wooden crates as exterior packaging and wooden pallets for support. The packaging foils, securing bands and foam sheets are made of polyethylene (PE), the CFC-free cushioning parts are gen-erally made of foamed polystyrene (PS). These packaging materials consist of pure hydrocarbons and are therefore recyclable. The securing bands are made of steel. The wooden crates are not chemically treated.

Dispose of all packaging materials in accordance with regionally applicable regulations.

Disposal of the air-conditioning unitWhen the air-conditioning unit or its components are dis-posed off, the regionally applicable regulations for waste treatment and disposal must be observed.

Rittal offers taking back all air-conditioning units and their acces-sories provided these are shipped to us free of charge. Profes-sional disposal is then guaranteed.

A precondition is supply in cleansed condition: The units must be free of dangerous substances (air freight). The filters must be disposed off by the owner of the system. Refrigerants and oils from the refrigerant circuit may remain inside the unit.

Components added by third parties and machine parts that have not been supplied directly by Rittal are excluded from this take-back offer.

15



Assembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site

16

2.3 Transport to the Installation Site

DANGER! Injury through falling objects! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck, forklift truck or crane, do not step below the lifted load!

ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Protect the air-conditioning unit from strong shock! Do not put the air-conditioning unit down on one of the corners! Do not burden housings in one spot only! Never lift the unit at pipes or other interior parts! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck or forklift, be sure the fork passes all the way under the module!

For transport and placement at the installation site, the air-conditioning unit has been braced with straps standing upright on a palette. It must remain on this pallet until it has been transported to a level floor allowing use of industrial trucks.

To unload it from a truck by means of a forklift truck, the unit should still remain on the pallet and should be secured on all four corners using belts to prevent tipping over.

When setting the unit down, ensure that the floor is capable of bearing its weight and that the unit cannot tip over!

Horizontal transport to the installation site: The unit has been designed for vertical transport to the installation site. If it shall be introduced into the building in horizontal position, proceed with utmost caution to ensure the walls and the heat exchanger are not damaged. We rec-ommend to contact Rittal Service before.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site

2

Transport by crane: Note the weight of the unit (see Techni-cal Data) and the maximum loading capacity of the ring bolts of 700 kg each! Observe the admissible direction of pull on the ring bolts!

ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! For transport with a crane attached to the ring bolts, be sure not to damage the pipe connection that may be located on top of the unit. Employ transport brace! Always keep tensioning belts ten-sioned!

Transport by crane with ring bolts (illustration of principle)

Transport by crane with ring bolts

right

wrong

Observe the admissible loading direction!

Only for units up to 650 kg, single module without duct

For units as of 650 kg orwith duct connection

SINGLE MODULE

MULTI MODULE

connection

17



Assembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site

18

When transporting the unit with industrial trucks ensure that they have sufficient carrying capcity!

The unit can be transported with or without the pallet and packaging using an industrial truck, forklift, lifter or pulleys.

Do not stand on, walk or drive across the fan protection plates on the base or base box!

For transport inside the building and placing of the unit onto the base or base box we recommend using two hydraulic lift-ers, since their flat loading trays can be pulled out easily from underneath the unit once the unit has been positioned. The unit can also be positioned and put down precisely using such devices.

Secure the unit with tensioned belts and use edge protec-tors!

Placement at installation site using two lifters

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Scope of Supply

2

2.4 Scope of Supply

After unpacking the unit, ensure that all parts listed on the packing list have been supplied.

Check all parts for damage. If damage is detected, notify the carrier.

Compare the data on the nameplate of the air-conditioning unit and other modules with the packing list and the order documents.

Check that all the agreed documents and the correct operat-ing instructions have been supplied.

19



Assembly and First Operation Installation

20

2.5 Installation

The installation site must be protected from freezing.

Install the unit so that air can be aspirated or blown out unhindered at all connections.

To ensure even air supply to all air outlet plates, the supply air must be conducted inside the double floor with as few as possible obstructions. Cable ducts and water conducting lines should be installed so that they do not cross the air pas-sage inside the double floor!

To ensure even air supply to all air outlet plates install the unit at the face end of the rack rows!

Temperature and humidity sensors should not be directly affected by machines or equipment giving off heat or mois-ture. Prevent exposure to direct sunlight!

Ensure that sufficient space is available for operation and maintenance work. The space for maintenance in front of the unit should be at least 1 x housing depth. Infront of the base leave a free space of at least 600 mm for removal of the fan.

Ensure sufficient lighting of the installation site.

Ensure that the vibration insulation between the unit and the building structures is sufficient.

The vibration-insulating, height-adjustable unit feet of the fan base and the fan base achieve dampening of structure-borne noise and allow to compensate for uneven floor.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly

2Technical personnelonly!

2.6 Assembly

The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians or by Rittal service personnel.

Positioning the fan basePosition the fan base double floor; if provided for, adapt the adjustable feet to the height of the double floor plus approx. 5 mm, then level the fan base horizontally.

Since the adjustable feet are fitted with springs, the height of the fan base will be reduced by the weight the of air-condi-tioning unit.

Fan base

Connecting cable, control cable and pressure hoses for fan

Connections for

Water detector (optional)

supply air temperature sensor,maximum humidity limiter (optional)and water detector (optional)

21



Assembly and First Operation Assembly

22

Connecting fan basesIf you wish to install several units side by side, connect the bases by means of the supplied spacer bushes, threaded rods, washers and nuts.

Joining of bases (illustration of principle)

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

* If es m

late

ped*

for

Pipwit

edst.

pla

Connection to the double floorConnect the base to the double floor using the profiles sup-plied.

the stability of the false floor can be ensured by other means, the U-shaped profilay not be required.

Connection of support floor

Detail Z

C-shaped pro-file provided

False floor pon site by

U-shaprofile

Z-shaped

Support bracket C-shaped profile

Detail Ye sectionh bottom

Insert partHead plate with

Z

Ythread

by customer customer

providby cu

profile

te

23




24

* If t s ma

e

ped*

InseHeawith

r

ro-st.

r

edt.

Connection of control station floor

Connection of control station floor

he stability of the false floor can be ensured by other means, the C-shaped profiley not be required.

ZDetail Z

C-shaped pro-file provided

False floorplate, on sit

C-shaprofile

Y

Detail Y

Pipe sectionwith bottom plate

rt partd plate thread

Support bracket foC-shaped profile

Connector pvided by cu

by customer by custome

providby cus

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Positioning the fan base box nThe fan base box is used as an alternative to the fan base. The base box is placed on the floor, e. g. if the space in the double floor is not sufficient or if there is no double floor.

Place the fan base box on the floor and level it horizontally.

Screw the four studs supplied into the threads at the corners of the base box.

Studs in the fan base box

25




26

Placing the unit on topRemove transport pallet from the underside of the unit.

Remove the fan cover plates from the top of the base or base box.

To achieve air-tightness class L1 apply a silicone bead to the fan base or base box.

Place the unit on top of the fan base or base box and align its front flush with the base frame.

Level the unit by means of the height-adjustable unit feet of the fan base or base box.

Fan protection plate, base box as example

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Connecting the unit to the fan baseOpen the front doors.

The unit must be fastened in two positions to the fan base using the connecting brackets already installed inside the unit and bolts.

Fasten the connecting brackets on the left and right on the inside of the unit to the fan base by means of bolts.

Connecting bracket UKS CW, example

Connecting bracket

27




28

Connecting the unit to the fan base boxThe unit must be fastened in two positions at the front and rear to the fan base box using the four clips supplied.

Attach two each of the supplied clips to the horizontal edges at the front and rear of the unit and the base box.

Clip fixing the unit at the base box

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Add-on box (optional)Remove the front panel of the add-on box.

Screw the four studs supplied into the threads at the corner of the unit (see illustration in section “Positioning the fan base box”).

Put the add-on box on top of the unit.

Fasten the add-on box to the unit. To do so, attach two each of the supplied clips to the horizontal edges at the front and rear of the add-on box and the unit (see illustration in section “Connecting the unit to the fan base box”).

Reinstall the front panel.

Add-on box, free-cooling add-on box as example

29




30

Opening the unitOpen the front doors and the isolation plate below the elec-trical module and then open the two small cover plates.

Pull off the display connector and open the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.

Covers on Rittal CRAC System UKS as example

Display

Electrical

Isolation

Small cover plates

connector

coverplate

plate

rent)(transpa-

module

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Removing the transport safety device for the filtersUnhinge the hooks of the fastenings straps, which secure the filters during transport, from the heat exchanger frame and remove the fastening straps.

Fastening straps for securing during transport; example of UKS CW

31




32

FanFor each fan, feed two fan pressure hoses from the bottom through the cable feed openings into the unit, then conduct them along behind the center rib and to the electrical mod-ule.

The ends of the pressure hoses remain open!

Per fan feed one plug of the power-supply cable and one plug of the control cable through the cable feed openings in the base or base box and connect them to the mating con-nectors inside the unit.

Plug the rubber membrane grommet onto the cable feed openings.

The membrane grommets have already been attached to the connecting cables.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Supply-air temperature sensorThe supply-air temperature sensor is fastened to the bottom of the fan base or base box.

Feed the connecting cable of the supply-air temperature sensor from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it behind the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as outlined in the electric diagram.

Plug the rubber membrane grommet onto the cable feed openings.

Position the supply-air temperature sensor in the on-site double floor so it measures in the direct supply-air flow to the unit.

Outdoor air temperature sensor (Option)The outdoor air temperature sensor is supplied separately when the option “free cooling” has been ordered.

Feed the connecting cable of the outside air temperature sensor from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it behind the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as outlined in the electric diagram.

Install the outdoor air temperature sensor at the outside housing wall in the shade and in northern, north-eastern direction; be sure it is not installad near exhaust air open-ings.

Maximum humidity limiter (optional)In units with humidification, a maximum humidity limiter may be installed to limit the maximum relative air humidity. If it is included, it is installed in the fan base or base box.

Feed the connecting cable of the maximum humidity limiter from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it along the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as indicated in the electric diagram.

33




34

Water detector (optional)The water detector is fastened to the bottom of the fan base or base box.

Feed the connecting cable of the water detector from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it along the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as indicated in the electric diagram.

Position the water detector in the on-site double floor at a maximum distance of 1 m to the unit; for instance, you may fasten it on the floor next to a unit foot.

External louver dampers (optional)If the external louver dampers have not already been installed by the factory, fasten these with at least 4 bolts as shown in the overview drawing contained in the data section.

Install the stepper motors, lay out the connecting cables to the electrical module and connect them as outlined in the electric diagram.

Air connections (optional)To achieve air-tightness class L1, all air connections must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the connection.

Connect all air connections as shwon in the overview draw-ing in the data section.

The pipe connection must not be constrained mechanically.

Achieve potential equalisation by means of potential equali-sation straps fastened to earthing studs, bolts pushed through housing parts or rivet nuts (installed in the duct). Do not use self-tapping sheet metal screws! Do not use the flange connecting bolts! Be sure contact is actually achieved!

Label the connections as protective earth contacts.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections


2.7 Media Connections

The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians or by Rittal service personnel.

Depending on the unit type and configuration, the following con-nections must be made according to the overview drawing in the data section.

pumped chilled water (PCW supply and return)condensate drain (condensate)humidifier water (supply and drain)hot-gas refrigerant (HG-KM)fluid refrigerant (FL-KM)

All connections are unmistakably identified by the designations here given.

To achieve air-tightness class L1, all media connections must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the connecting lines.

Supply lines in generalAll supply lines must be laid and connected according to the applicable rules for refrigerating and piping. Remove the plugs, feed the lines through the cut-outs in the fan base or base box and connect them to the lines inside the unit. Install lines without constraint!

NOTE: When installing lines, ensure their accessibility for maintenance and sufficient length allowing to pull out the fan drawer! The space for maintenance in front of the fan should be at least 600 mm. Never install lines across the face of the fan! When installing lines, be sure the supply-air flow inside the dou-ble floor is hindered as little as possible. Install lines so that they do not cross the air passage inside the double floor!

35



Assembly and First Operation Media Connections

36

Chilled-water lines (CW)When connecting the return line, install a union on site below the control valve!

Connect the external piping system to the supply and return connections at the unit (inside threads).

Install the insulation hose, e. g. of Armaflex, and paste it sealproof to the connections at the unit.

Carefully rinse the piping system; via the inlet or KFE cock at the heat exchanger fill the system with medium and vent it at the venting valve on the collector of the heat exchanger.

Check for tightness.

Chilled waterThe chilled water must have drinking water quality. A mixture of glycol and drinking water is likewise admissible. The con-centration must be >20% for Antifrogen N, and > 25% for Antifrogen L. If the concentration is too low, flakes or slime may form due to biological growth, resulting in reduced flow. The same may be caused by leaks or penetration of light. The concentration must be checked at least once per year. If chlorinated water is used with a concentration exceeding > 0.3 ppm this may cause holes due to corrosion!

If contamination must be reckoned with, install a filter with a pitch of < 0.6 mm.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Refrigerant lines leading to an external condenser (DX)

Be sure to observe the separate instructions for the con-denser!

When planning the piping layout ensure that the lines between the air-conditioning unit and the condenser are as short as possible. Only allow for exceptions to save unnec-essary bents.

If at all possible, do not conduct refrigerant lines through rooms in which people are staying, such as offices and meeting rooms.

Install horizontal hot-gas and suction gas lines always with inclination toward the condenser.

If the hot-gas line is longer than 25 m, an oil separator must be installed.

When laying out the refrigerant lines, be sure no sag is cre-ated in which oil may collect; install oil traps if necessary.

If the condenser is installed higher than the air-conditioning unit (e.g. when installed on roof-top), oil traps must be installed in the hot-gas and suction gas lines every 2.5 to 3 metres, even if an oil separator has been installed.

If the condenser is installed more than 5 m lower than the air-conditioning unit (e.g. when installed outdoors), subcool-ing is required. Consult with Rittal in such cases.

If a refrigerant collector is provided for, it must be installed in flow direction directly behind the condenser in the liquid line and must be installed at a lower level than the condenser.

If the system operates at an ambient temperature of below -16 °C during the winter season, the collector must be installed near the air-conditioning unit. Additionally the sys-tem must be furnished with a head pressure control valve and a non-return valve in the refrigerant line to prevent excessive accumulation of refrigerant at the coldest spot in the system, that is at the condenser.

37




38

Pipe bracketsInstall pipe brackets every 2 m for semi-hard copper pipes, every 1 m for soft copper pipes and ensure vibration damp-ening.

The first pipe bracket downstream of the air-conditioning unit and upstream of the condenser should be elastic. Pipe brackets must not be too close to bents, to allow elongation of lines.

The piping system may be made exclusively of special cop-per pipes that have been cleansed inside and sealed on both ends.

Installing the pipingTo connect the refrigerant piping system open the line ends on the unit and the condenser. Upon opening, gas must escape audibly (ex works nitrogen filling); this is evidence that there are no leakages in the refrigerating circuit.

Cut lines exclusively using a pipe cutting device!

Never saw lines open, to prevent generation of sawing swarf!

Only solder lines while using nitrogen as a protective gas! To achieve this, introduce dry nitrogen on one end of the line already prepared. Before starting soldering, introduce a gen-erous nitrogen flow, when starting soldering reduce it to a minimum and maintain this low protective gas flow during the entire soldering process.

Before soldering the last connection, open one screwed union, to prevent overpressure in the piping system. Upon soldering retighten the connection!

As an alternative to soldering you may use crimping. How-ever, limit crimped connections to annealed pipes with a diameter of max. 20 mm! After cutting the pipes, slightly open the pipe to the correct inside diameter. The crimps must be tightened to the correct torque using a torque wrench.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Insulation of the liquid lines:

The liquid lines outside the building must be insulated using a heat insulation of Armaflex or an equivalent material.

A wall thickness of 9 mm is recommended. The insulation effect increases only slightly with rising wall thickness.

Insulation of the hot-gas lineThe hot-gas lines must be insulated inside the building wher-ever they could be touched, to prevent burns.

39




40

Working on the refrigerant circuit, general information

Pressure stability and tightness inspection:

Fill and pressurise the system using dry nitrogen at a pres-sure of min. 28 bar. The Rotalock valves on the intake and pressure sides of the compressors must be closed. This ensures the compressors are not subjected to the test pres-sure.

Check the system for tightness. We recommend to inspect all connections for tightness, including screwed joints, by applying moisture with a brush or by spraying.

EvacuatingUpon successful pressure testing, the air still remaining in the system must be removed. To do so, connect a vacuum pump and evacuate the system to a pressure of < 0.3 mbar (absolute pressure).

If at all possible evacuate from both ends of the compressor, that is from the intake and the pressure side.

Fill the system with dry nitrogen and repeat the evacuation. This removes air and remaining moisture from the system.

Filling with refrigerantIf possible, fill the system with a specified refrigerant weight or by checking at the sight glass. Fill the refrigerant in liquid state into the liquid line until the filling volume reaches the calculated filling volume most exactly. Thereafter switch the unit on and, while it runs, continue filling carefully and slowly from the intake side of the compressor, until no more bub-bles are visible at the sight glass.

Note the refrigerant volume filled in on the nameplate.

Refrigerant filling volumes for unit and condenser see techni-cal data. Determine the refrigerant filling volume for the pip-ing system from the individual lengths and interior diameters of the refrigerant lines.

The weight of the refrigerant volume actually filled in is deter-mined during filling by means of a refrigerant bottle.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Oil Separator (optional)

If an oil separator is provided for, it is normally already installed in the unit.

Install the oil separator in the hot-gas line in vertical position as close as possible to the compressor.

Install the non-return valve provided at the outlet of the oil separator.

Fill the oil separator through its outlet with 0.5 l of the same oil used in the compressor (initial filling), to ensure the oil float switch is activated upon system start.

We recommend to protect the oil separator from vibration and gas pressure fluctuations by means of vibration and pul-sation dampers installed between the compressor and the oil separator.

Oil separator

1. Oil separator2. Oil return line to the crank case of

the compressor

3. Compressor4. Condenser

41




42

Condensate drain, ball-type return lock siphon and external pump (optional)

Conduct the on-site HT pipe for condensate drain with one end through the fan base or base box, through the mem-brane grommet in the unit bottom and connect it to the con-densate drain connection inside the unit.

Lay the pipe for the condensate drain using HT tube in such a way that the condensate can flow into a drain or funnel at a slope of at least 3° and free from counter pressure (never connect it directly to the on-site sewer system).

Install the ball-type return lock siphon as well as an external pump (optional) downstream of it in the condensate drain pipe as closely as possible to the outlet opening inside the fan base or base box.

We recommend to install the pump in a pan or similar collec-tor. The hose connected to the pump should have an inside diameter of 13 to 15 mm.

Be sure it remains accessible for maintenance!

The special siphon with return lock supplied separately must be used to prevent condensate from being sucked back into the unit in case of negative pressure or pressure fluctions, e. g. upon power-up of the unit.

Open the siphon by turning the triangular cap left until stop.

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Humidifier (optional)

Humidifier inletBefore connecting carefully rinse the water supply line.

Connect the humidifier inlet to the connections at the air-con-ditioning unit.

Connect it by means of the union nut G ¾ (unit side) and the nipple G ½ (installation side).

Minimum diameter of the supply line: 8 mm

Admissible inlet pressure 1.0 ... 10.0 bar (system without pressure fluctuations). For supply pressures > 10 bar the inlet pressure must be reduced to 2.0 bar by means of a pressure reducing valve. For supply pressures < 1 bar con-tact Rittal.

Supply volume: 1 l/min per 15 kg/h steam output

Admissible inlet temperature: 1...40 °C

A shut-off valve should be installed into the inlet line outside the unit.

Humidifier returnConnect the humidifier return to a dedicated ball-type return lock siphon! Further down it may join the condensate drain pipe only downstream of the siphon of the condensate drain!

Connect the humidifier outlet to the connections at the air-conditioning unit.

Use only heat-resistant installation materials!

The water returns pressure-free. To ensure the water cannot bank up, the first section of the drain line should lead verti-cally down for at least 50 cm. The humidifier return must be connected to a dedicated ball-type return lock siphon. Fur-ther down it may join the condensate drain pipe only down-stream of the siphon of the condensate drain!

The minimum interior diameter of the drain line of 30 mm must be adhered to for the entire length.

The drain line should be readily accessible for inspection and cleaning and must be fastened appropriately.

Drain volume: approx 2.5 l/min per 15 kg/h steam output

Drainage temperature: 60...100 °C

43




44

Minimum slope downstream of the siphon: 10 %

Humidifying waterThe humidifying water must have drinking water quality. Exception: Some external humidifiers may also be operated with fully desalinizated water (see separate manual). Such water is not potable!

Do not use unreduced, softened water!

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Position of unit connections

Unit connections UKS CW

Connecting point for condensate drain

Connecting point for chilled water inlet

Humidifier inlet

Connecting point for humidifier return

Connecting point for chilled water return

45




46

Unit connections UKS CW2


Connecting point for chilled water inlet

Humidifier inlet


Connecting point for chilled water return, cooler 2Cooler 1

Cooler 2

Cooler 1

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


2

Unit connections UKS DX


Connecting point refrigeranthot-gas line (hot-gas)

Humidifier inlet


Connecting point refrigerantFluid line

47



Assembly and First Operation Electrical Connection

48


2.8 Electrical Connection

The electrical connections must be made by a qualified electri-cian or by Rittal service personnel.

The electrical module contains all the electrical functions for the unit. It is integrated in the basic module of the air-condi-tioning unit as a separate unit. All the electrical components are wired and fitted with fuses in accordance with VDE guidelines. Operating, failure and warning messages can be passed on to master control systems.


Electrical module

Main switch

Electrical module cover plate

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Electrical Connection

2

Wire external consumers to circuit breakers.

Wire external control cables according to the electrical dia-gram.

Connect external control cables to the terminal rail, and sen-sor lines to the control unit.

Connect the unit to the power supply at the power supply ter-minals on the main switch (see figure, right-hand rotation field). For the electrical connection data refer to the Techni-cal Data.

NOTE: Operating the spring terminals: Push a screwdriver into the square unlocking opening. Feed the wire into the circular opening. Remove the screwdriver - the conductor is clamped savely.

Install the on-site Emergency switching off/emergency stop equipment in the power supply line outside the hazard zone.

To achieve air-tightness class L1, all outbound lines must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the lines.

DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! The electrical module must be opened only by electricians, and they alone are allowed to work on it.

49



Assembly and First Operation First Operation

50

Component

Ensure readFan-unit

Filter

Cooling with external condenser

Heat exchanger


2.9 First Operation

NOTE: Observe the safety notes in chapter 1!

The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal ser-vice personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and windows may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electricians.

For details concerning first operation of device components also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For external compo-nents please observe the separate instructions in chapter 7 - Additional Documents!

The following table is meant as a checklist exclusively for first operation by technical or Rittal service personnel. Depending on the equipment of the unit, not all items may be relevant. In such cases tick na for not applicable.

To be tested Test method na ok Remarks

iness of unit:All fastenings on motors and wheels tightened?

Visually or pull-ing

Correct filter type used? Visually

Filter inserted, correctly oriented

By hand/ visu-ally

- Piping system evacu-ated?

Vacuum meas-uring device

Refrigerant in system? Sight glass

In good condition? Visually

2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation First Operation

2

Compressors of the refrigeration module

PCW

Integrated steam humidifier

Condensate drainpump

Component

Rotalock valves opened?

Visually

Rotalock valves seal-tight?

Retighten with torque wrench

1“-14 UNF: 100 Nm 1 1/4“-12 UNF: 110 Nm 1 3/4“-12 UNF: 180 Nm 2 1/4“-12 UNF: 200 Nm

Chilled water supply available? All valves in supply and return sys-tems open?

Function test

Control valve working? Function test (open/close)

Exchanger for PCW vented?

Venting valve

Water supply line sealtight?

Visually

Water quality: ensure drinking water quality. (Exception: see chapt. humidification)

Customer's cer-tificate

Is the water supply line tight and has it been rinsed carefully?

Visually

Check connection state Terminal plan

Humidifier output adjusted correctly?

Electric dia-gram, jumper and potentiom-eter

Filter cleaning: Outlet piping tight or open out-let okay?

Manually clean with water from water filled cyl-inder

Supply voltage availa-ble?

Main switch ON: check at terminals acc. to electric dia-gram

Pressure hose installed correctly?

Visually

Function Fill condensate pan with water


51




52

Louver dampers

Housing

Supply and dis-charge lines

Electric module

Control systems

Component

Damper axes tightly fit-ted in the adjusting motors? Damper axes moving easily?

Visually/by hand

All dirt from installation removed?

Visually inside and outside

Air inlet and outlet free? Visually

Front doors closed? Visually

Air and supply pipes correctly connected?

Visually

All stop valves open? Manual test

Chilled water supply available?

Manual test

Condensate piping tight?

Fill condensate pan with water, check visually

Siphon opened? Turn the trian-gular cap left until stop

All cables securely fas-tened to spring-latch terminals?

Check individu-ally

Terminal connections as per plan (unless wired by manufac-turer)?

Terminal plan

All fuses ok? Visually

Supply voltage availa-ble?

Main switch ON: is control display acti-vated?

Correctly connected (right-hand rotation field)?

Rotation-field gauge

All settings made on controllers?

Operating ele-ments

Pressure transducers for monitoring of filter contamination and vol-ume flow measurement set to correct values?

Check pres-sure trans-ducer visually, also see elec-tric diagram


2-0m

onta

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation First Operation

2

Checks to bmeasuremeFan

Cooling system/ condenser

Supply and dis-charge lines

Integrated steam humidifier

Louver dampers

Component

e performed while unit is operating (issue protocol of nts!):

Current consumption of fan motor within toler-ance?

Ampèremeter

Fan-wheel rotation direction correct?

By sight at out-let, compare with direction of arrow

Wheel correctly fas-tened and balanced? Motor bearings running smoothly?

Vibrations, operating noises

Refrigerant filling Let compres-sor run, no bub-bles in sight glass

Setting values of con-denser control system and safety devices (pressostats)

Measure, com-pare with set values

Superheating Expansion valve

Moisture Moisture indica-tor in sight glass

Filter dryer: tempera-ture difference inlet/out-let

Measurement ΔT = 1 K

Hot-gas bypass: check power control

Functional check 0-100% or 50/100%

Oil level at the com-pressor

Let compres-sor run, sight glass

Check correct conden-sate drain

Check for leaks visually

PCW media available? Manual test

Interlocks released (e.g. safety hygrostat)?

Function test

All actuators working? Visually/ measurement


53




54

Control systems

Monitoring func-tions

Component

Volume flow setting cor-rect?

Differential pressure meas-urement at inlet nozzle

Does the motor over-load switch react?

Set below measured cur-rent

Does the flow monitor-ing system trigger via pressure transducer?

Pull off air hose at the pressure transducer

Does the filter-pressure monitoring work?

Measure and set below filter resistance

Safety thermostat of electric heater > 65°C

a) Hot air b) Disconnect at terminal rail


Operation

3-0b

edie

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


3

3 Operation

3.1 Front Doors and Cover Plates

3.2 Main Switch

NOTE: For information concerning the actual operation of the air-condi-tioning unit please refer to the separate controller manual.

55


3-0bedierit-gb-02-0111.fm

Operation Front Doors and Cover Plates

56

3.1 Front Doors and Cover Plates

DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the cover plates, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components. Only persons trained to work on electrical instal-lations or electricians may open the cover plates.

3-0b

edie

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSOperation Front Doors and Cover Plates

3

Open the front doors at the locks in the handles.

Push the bar on the isolation plate below the electrical mod-ule inward and remove the isolation plate.

Open the bottom small cover plates using a screw driver.


Before re-installing the cover plate of the electrical module, feed the display connector through the cut-out in the cover plate.

Covers on UKS DX, example

Display

Electrical

Isolation

Small cover plates

connector

coverplate (transpa-

plate

rent)

Mainswitch

module

57


3-0bedierit-gb-02-0111.fm

Operation Main Switch

58

3.2 Main Switch

The air-conditioning unit is connected to the power supply source via the main switch.

Switching the air-conditioning unit on:Turn main switch to I (On).

Power up air-conditioning unit at the controller.

Switching the air-conditioning unit off (observe sequence!):

Power down air-conditioning unit at the controller.

Upon standstill of the fan, turn the main switch to 0 (Off).

Maintenance

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4


4 Maintenance

4.1 Monthly Maintenance

4.2 Semi-Yearly Maintenance

4.3 Yearly Maintenance

4.4 Cleaning


The installation and first operation must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics or electricians, or Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electricians.

For details concerning maintenance of device components also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For external components please observe the separate instructions in chapter 7 - Additional Documents!

59


4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm

Maintenance Monthly Maintenance

60

MaintenComponenassembly

Humidificat

Fan

Refrigerant

Heat excha

Condensatepump

Condensate

Pumps

1) Personn2) Mainten

4.1 Monthly Maintenance

ance frequency: monthlyt / Maintenance operation To be done

by ...

1) 2)

ion Check for dirt and function! Check process! Replace the cyl-inder if required - then reset the maintenance display.

Check smooth running of fan

Check motor bearings for noises

system Check smooth running of fan

Check piping for traces of oil (leaks)

nger Check PCW heat exchanger for contamination of the rib package

drain Check strainer, container and float switch for contamination

drain Unscrew ball-type return lock siphon and check it for con-tamination

Check for tightness and smooth run

el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel only

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Semi-Yearly Maintenance

4


Fan

Air filter

Refrigerant

Louver dam

Supply andcharge line

Electric hea

1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionall

4.2 Semi-Yearly Maintenance

ance frequency: semi-yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done

by ...

1) 2)

Check motor overload switch combination

Check amount of contamination, replace if necessary

Check filter and filter seat for leaks

Check filter monitoring systems

system Measure temperature of hot-gas line

Measure temperature of suction pipe, check for icing

Measure temperatures for superheating, subcooling, evapo-ration and condensation temperature

Check high-pressure and low-pressure circuitry

Check pressure control of condenser fan

At sight glass and at full load check for bubbles in the refrig-erant

Check the oil level at the sight glass of the compressor

Check parts containing refrigerant for traces of oil

Check all refrigerant carrying parts for leakage

pers Check firm seating of axles in drive motors, check for smooth run; operating direction correct?

dis-s

Check all flexible connections for leakage

Clean all condensate drains, incl. the siphons

Check all condensate drains, incl. the siphons, for function

Clean all pans

Check and clean dirt trap

ting Safety thermostat of electrical heater: check function

el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs required monthly!

61



Maintenance Semi-Yearly Maintenance

62

Electric mocontrol/regu

Housing


1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionall

dule/ lation

Check fuses

Check function of contactors and relays

Check terminals and signal lamps

Set limit values ok?

Determine actual values for temperature and humidity, com-pare to set values

Clean inside of unit

ance frequency: semi-yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done

by ...

1) 2)

el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs required monthly!

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Yearly Maintenance

4


Internal hum

Fan

Refrigerant

1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionallmaintenan

4.3 Yearly Maintenance

ance frequency: at least yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done

by ...

1) 2)

idifier Clean inlet and drain valve, drainage channel and parts inside the unit; check drainage line incl. siphon, all hoses and electr. lines.

Clean impeller

Check current consumption of drive motor

system Measure power consumption of compressor at maximum operating pressure

Check filter dryer for icing, replace if necessary

Check function of expansion valve and injection

If an external condenser is used: Perform maintenance as specified in the instructions of its manufacturer

el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs listed in the tables for monthly and semi-yearly ce!

63



Maintenance Cleaning

64

4.4 Cleaning

DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the doors or removing the cover plate of the electrical module, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components.


DANGER! Electric shock! Potential-free contacts may still conduct voltage after the supply voltage has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Touch potential-free contacts only when you can safely exclude that these conduct voltage!

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning

4

DANGER! Electric shock! Measuring, regulating and safety circuits con-duct voltage even after the main switch has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Only touch measuring, regulating and safety cir-cuit parts when the system has been switched voltageless!


DANGER! Injury may be inflicted by covers of the dou-ble floor that pop out! Due to overpressure in the double floor, covers may suddenly pop out after opening. Open the cover plates of the double floor only when fan stands still!

65




66

DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard. When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!

DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and touching contaminents that are inevitably produced during operation of the unit may present a health hazard! Regularly clean the unit!

DANGER! Injury through sharp edges of the heat exchanger! Put on protective gloves before beginning with any assembly and cleaning work!

DANGER! Hands may be injured by gearwheels at the louver dampers! Keep hands off external gear wheels!

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

DANGER! Hands may be injured by closing louver damper! Keep hands out of the moving range of the lou-ver dampers!

DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch the heating, compressor, oil separator, steam humidifier, steam lance and the corresponding pipelines during operation and for some time afterward!

ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Do not modify the unit! Be sure to use only original spare parts!

NOTE: Observe the local regulations for water protection when dispos-ing of the cleaning water.

67




68

4.4.1 Filters

Switch the unit off at the operating mode selector switch and the main switch.

Open the doors and the isolation plate.

Keep the cover plate of the electrical module closed during cleaning work.

The filters must not get wet. Therefore, they must be removed before commencing with cleaning.

Removing the filterRecord the arrangement of the filters.

Remove the filters.

Later the filters have to be reinstalled in the original arrange-ment.

Filter; example of UKS CW

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

4.4.2 Fan

The unit is switched off.

Filter removed.

Open the double floor.

If the heat exchanger is to be cleansed as well, the fan must be removed before, to ensure no liquid will drip into the fan.

If only the fan is to be cleansed, it can remain inside the unit. To simplify cleaning of the rear section, the two locking bolts on the carrier plate of the fan unit can be loosened and the fan unit be pulled forward a little.

Removing the fan:Disconnect the fan control and power supply lines in the base or base box.

Unscrew the two fastening screws on the top end of the safety grid and remove the safety grid.

69




70

Loosen all 4 locking bolts on the carrying plate of the fan unit a little, first unscrew 2 of them on one side completely, then those on the other side.

Pull out the fan unit, lift it up in front and then have two per-sons remove it from the double floor.

The cut-outs in the guide profile allows to lift the fan up in front while pulling it out and then to remove it upward.

Cleaning the fan:Clean the fan and all parts inside the fan compartment with household detergent and a wet cloth.

Do not spray-clean it!

Fan unit

Locking bolts

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

4.4.3 Heat Exchanger

The unit is switched off.

Fan and filter have been removed.

Doors and isolation plate have been opened.

Removing the electrical heating and the safety thermo-stat (optional equipment):

Remove the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.

Remove the small cover plates below the filters.

Loosen the two screws of the electrical heating (optional), disconnect the connecting cable in the electrical module (see electric diagram) and remove the electrical heating.

Loosen the two screws of the safety thermostat (optional), disconnect the connecting cable in the electrical module (see electric diagram) and remove the safety thermostat.

Re-install the cover plate of the electrical module.

Electrical heating and the safety thermostat (optional equipment)

Electrical

Safetythermostat

heating

71




72

Cleaning the heat exchanger:Lay out the entire bottom range with a stable foil up to a height of approx. 40 cm, so the cleaning water cannot flow out to the front. Fasten the foil, e. g. with adhesive tape, to the unit's rear and side walls; also cover possible pipe con-nections and dampers.

Guide the foil out of the unit to the front and put a pan under-neath it.

Spray the heat exchanger with a fine water jet, e. g. from a spraying lance.

Do not use a high-pressure cleaner, do not use a metal brush!

Heat exchanger; example of UKS CW

Heatexchanger

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

In case of normal contamination do not use cleaning agents. In case of strong contamination use special heat exchanger cleaning agent and rinse generously with water.

Be sure electrical components will not get wet!

Remove the foil.

73




74

4.4.4 Internal Steam Humidifier (optional)

The first maintenance must be scheduled after approx. 500 operating hours, thereafter once a year. Also, if the yellow LED lights up continuously, the steam cylinder must be replaced.

For cleaning, do not use solvents, aromatic or halogenated hydrocarbons or other aggressive substances. Disinfectants must only be used if they do not leave any poisonous resi-dues. After cleaning, carefully rinse.

While cleaning be sure not to wet any electrical connections.

Check the inlet line for tightness, seal it if required.

Decommissioning the steam-air humidifier:

Close the water supply line.

Briefly the press desludging/info button, then wait 5 to 10 minutes until the steam cylinder is empty.

Disconnect the steam cylinder from the power supply according to the electric diagram.

continued on the next page

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

Loosen the hose clamp of the steam hose using a screw-driver, then pull the hose off the steam connection (1).

Pull the plugs of the electrode cables and the sensor cable (2), take note of the connections before!

Carefully push the steam cylinder to the top from the sup-ports on the side and rear and remove it to the front (3).

Carefully put the steam cylinder down.

Removing the steam cylinder (sample illustration)

75




76

Cleaning the drain valve (in course of yearly mainte-nance)

Disconnect the electric supply cable of the drain valve (1).

Loosen the hose clamp and pull off the filling hose of the drain valve (2).

Loosen two fastening screws using a cross-recess screw driver, then remove the drain valve (3).

Disassemble the drain valve.

Clean the drain valve and drain channel using standard cleaning agent and decalcifier. Thereafter carefully rinse!

Reassemble and install the drain valve in reverse sequence.

Check the O-ring for damage, replace it if necessary.

Removal of drain valve

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

Cleaning the inlet valve (in course of yearly mainte-nance)

Disconnect the electric supply cable of the inlet valve (1).

Loosen the hose clamp and pull off the hose of the inlet valve (2).

Loosen the cap nut of the water connecting pipe (3), loosen the two fastening screws with a cross-recess screw driver (4) and remove the inlet valve.

Clean the inlet valve using standard cleaning agent and decalcifier. Thereafter carefully rinse!

Be sure the electrical connections and components remain dry!

Reassemble and install the inlet valve in reverse sequence.

Clean the remaining components inside the unit, e. g. the fill-ing cup and console bottom, with a wet rag but without cleaning agent.

Removal of inlet valve

77




78

Check the water hoses inside the unit for fissures and cor-rect fastening; Replace defective hoses.

Check the drain line, decalcify and rinse if required.

Correctly insert the steam cylinder into the supports on the side and rear and carefully push it down into the drain valve until stop.

In course of yearly maintenance, reinstall the steam cylinder previously removed; if the yellow LED is continuously on, install a new steam cylinder.

Reconnect the electric cables as noted down before to the electrode connections and the sensor connection.

Fasten the steam hose to the steam connection of the steam cylinder using a hose clamp.

Only lightly tighten the hose clamp at the connection!

Check all cables of the electrical installation inside the unit for proper seating and condition of the installation.

Resetting the maintenance display (upon replacement of the cylinder):

Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) while the unit is switched off and keep it pressed; then set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to ON (this activates the steam-air humidifier) and do not let go of the desludging button, before the system test is complete (approx 10 s).

4-0w

arib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


4

4.4.5 Interior Rooms and Piping

Visually inspect all sheet metal joints and edges near the bottom inside the housings for damaged sealing seams. Repair damaged spots with the sealing agent prescribed for the unit.

Clean the steam lance, incl. steam hose, humidifier and humidifier return (optional) with household detergent and a wet cloth.

Check steam lance and steam lance condensate drain for lime accumulations. Remove lime residues, then rinse. If the lime accumulations are grave, replace the steam lance and steam lance condensate drain.

Clean all parts inside the unit on all sides with household detergent and a wet cloth.

Be sure electrical components will not get wet.

Check hoses for fissures and correct fastening, replace defective hoses.

Clean all interior walls of the entire unit with household detergent and a wet cloth.

Clean the fins of the louver damper from the inside when closed.

Do not open the dampers for cleaning!

Clean the condensate pan and the condensate drain con-nection using household detergent and a wet cloth. If required, remove the condensate pan for cleaning. To do so, unscrew the cover plate in front of the condensate pan; loosen the condensate pan and the condensate drain turning it 90° left. Swivel the condensate pan down at the rear and pull it out to the front.

Clean and check the O-ring seal of the condensate drain connection for damage.

Wipe off the condensate and media piping and flush them (inside), remove lime residues. If required, replace the pipe-lines.

Unscrew the ball-type return lock siphon and clean all its parts.

Dry all parts.

79




80

4.4.6 Housing

Clean all surfaces with warm water and household deter-gent.

Be sure electrical components will not get wet.

Reinstall all parts removed.

If the condensate pan has been removed for cleaning, be sure, the screw below the condensate pan is re-tightened.

When installing the filter, be sure to note the air flow direction arrow and the original arrangement of the filter.

Re-install the small cover plates and the isolation plate; close the doors and switch the unit on.

Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning

5-0s

töru

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm



5 Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning

5.1 Troubleshooting

5.2 De-Commissioning


Troublehshooting and De-commissioning must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical com-ponents must only be performed by electricians.

For details troubleshooting and decommissioning of device com-ponents also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For exter-nal components please observe the separate instructions in chap-ter 7 - Additional Documents!

81


5-0störurit-gb-02-0111.fm

Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting

82

Component / assembly

Fan

Explanations:1) Personnel qual2) Repair by Ritta

5.1 Troubleshooting

Error Cause Remedy Remedy by ...

1) 2)

No air flow / insufficient flow

Fan not rotating Check position of main switch

Check system control (exter-nal release)

Check motor overload protec-tion, switch it on if necessary

Check mains voltage on all three motor phases

Measure power consumption

Check motor coil. If windings are shorted or connected to ground, replace the motor.

Check motor overload switch combination, replace if neces-sary.

Safety module ok? Thermal contact, auxiliary contact of motor protection switch and power contactor

Check control system

Check air flow monitoring

Check the settings of the pressure transducer

Motor power consumption too high

Air flow too high Adjust air flow

External pressure in channel system too high

Check pressure

ified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.l service personnel only

5-0s

töru

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting

5

Cooler area

Air-supply



Water outlet Siphon height too low

Adjust siphon height to exter-nal pressures

Observe pressure loss on inlet-side filter!

Condensate drain clogged

Clean pan and drain incl. drain valve

Dampers on inlet side do not open until fan starts; water extracted from siphon trap

Check control system or damper motors and ensure that fan runs only with inlet-side dampers open

Heat exchanger or piping leaky

Check for damage and leak-ing fittings

Condensate drain pump fails

Check condensate drain pump, replace if required

Strainer of conden-sate drain pump choked

Clean strainer

Float switch jammed

Clean condensate drain pump

No cooling Valve does not open

Check control system (set value)

Check valve position

No cold water Check cold-water generating system

Pump not running Check feed pumps

Air in exchanger Vent exchanger

No air Dampers are closed

Check all dampers and grat-ings in the duct system and inside the unit

Filter clogged Check differential pressure, replace filter

External duct sys-tem

Check volume-flow control or external duct system


1) 2)


83



Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting

84

Compressor/ compressor con-trol unit

Refrigerant sys-tem



Compressor not running

Temperature con-troller has not switched to cooling

Set temperature controller correctly

Motor overload pro-tection switch trig-gered

Check setting, measure motor winding if necessary

High-pressure pres-sostat has switched off

Re-set pressostat; replace if defective

Check condenser for dirt; clean if necessary

Ensure cooling water supply (for water cooled operation); check cooling water controller

Check speed controller (if unit is air-cooled)

Lack of refrigerant, low-pressure pres-sostat does not switch


See refrigerant circuit

Control cable of switch contactor broken

Check screws, terminals and cables

Contactor coil burnt out

Change contactor

Refrigerant forms strong beads in sight glass

Shortage of refrig-erant

Ensure tightness of all con-nections; if required retighten Rotalock valves with torque wrench: 1“-14 UNF: 100 Nm 1 1/4“-12 UNF: 110 Nm 1 3/4“-12 UNF: 180 Nm 2 1/4“-12 UNF: 200 Nm

Check level of refrigerant, refill if necessary

Filter dryer iced up

Defective expan-sion valve

Replace the expansion valve

Filter dryer exhausted

Replace filter dryer


1) 2)


5-0s

töru

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting

5

Internal humidifier

Heating system



Insufficient humidification or de-humidification

Fault in humidifier See table chapter 6 - Device Components

Moisture controller wrongly set

Re-set

Max. hygrostat adjusted incor-rectly or defective

Readjust or replace if defec-tive

Error of the cooler Request Rittal service per-sonnel

No heating(electric heating)

Motor overload pro-tection switch trig-gered

Check, switch on

No voltage reach-ing heat register


Check protective device for superheating

Heater element defective (voltage present at heating register)

Replace cartridge heaters

STL has cut out Resolve cause (e.g. power failure, too low air volume, fan failure, damper in air passage not opened properly, volume flow fluctuation) and reset the STL


1) 2)


85



Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning

86

5.2 De-Commissioning

5.2.1 Temporary De-Commissioning

Refrigerating unitRetighten caps and unions at the expansion valves and compressors.

If operating with a water-cooled condenser: Drain water from the entire system and rinse with Glykol N at a ratio of 1:4.

If the refrigerating unit is separated, close the manual shut-off valve behind the condenser and pump down until a pres-sure of 1.5 bar is reached. Separate connecting lines and seal them tightly on both ends with blind plugs.

Seal cooling water unions tightly with blind plugs.

Chilled-water cooler (PCW)Drain water from system. If frost is possible, rinse with glycol N at a ratio of 1:4. If the system is separated, seal the con-necting lines tightly on both ends with blind plugs.

Humidification and condensate systemDrain water from steam cylinder, humidifier supply line, clari-fication line, condensate pan and ball-type return lock siphon.

Electric installationDisconnect all connecting lines in the electrical module.

Remove sensors and store them in a safe place.

5-0s

töru

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning

5

5.2.2 Final Decommissioning

Refrigerating unitSuck refrigerant from the entire system and dispose of it properly.

Drain compressor oil and dispose of it properly.

Drain water from the entire system.

Chilled-water cooler (PCW)Drain water from system.

Humidification and condensate systemDrain water from steam cylinder, humidifier supply line, clari-fication line, condensate pan and ball-type return lock siphon.

Electric installationDisconnect all connecting lines in the electrical module.

Remove sensors.

Turn unit over to professional disposal.

NOTE: Also observe notes concerning diposal in chapt. 2.

87



Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning

88

Unit Components

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

6 Unit Components

6.1 Fan and Fan Control

6.2 Filter and Filter Monitoring

6.3 Cooling System

6.4 Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)

6.5 Electric Heating (optional)

6.6 Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX ver-sions)

6.7 Free Cooling (optional)

This chapter describes the technical characteristics of the air-con-ditioning unit and its components. In addition, it contains detailed information on the operations required for first operation, mainte-nance and repair of the main components of the unit.

NOTE: For the exact technical execution of the unit please refert to chapt. 0: Project-Related Data.

89


6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm

Unit Components

90



The installation, first operation, and maintenance of the air con-ditioning unit must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electri-cal equipment; work on electrical components must only be per-formed by electricians.

During maintenance, the general rules for hygiene, especially in sensitive areas, must be observed.

The maintenance personnel must wear the clothing required for the room in which the unit is installed.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Fan and Fan Control

6

6.1 Fan and Fan Control



91



Unit Components Fan and Fan Control

92

6.1.1 Characteristics

• High-powered radial fan without spiral housing, single-side suction with constant pressure-flow volume characteristic, statically and dynamically balanced, balance quality G 2.5 to DIN ISO 1940, Part 1.

• Driven by treble-twisted EC-motor, isolation class F to DIN EN 60034-1, thermal contact motor protection.

• Installation in a frame structure on a slide-in module which can be pulled forward.

• The flow volume is adjusted by an internal electronic com-muter circuit, which in turn is driven by the controller.

Air-flow monitoringA pressure sensor with analog signal output is installed, that is, the air flow is monitored by measurement of the differen-tial pressure. When the limit value set in the software is reached, an electric error message is triggered. The signal can be transferred to an external control system or called up by remote data acquisition with a modem.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

6.1.2 First Operation

Testing and adapting the air flow volumeTo determine the flow volume, measure and compare the inlet nozzle pressure and the pressure at the intake side of the fan.

All dampers must be open!

Switch the unit off at the controller and the main switch.

Pull off the display plug and open the cover plate of the elec-trical module.

Follow the pressure measuring tube from the fan to the elec-trical module.

Connect the tubes of the pressure measuring device to the free ends of the pressure measuring tubes.

Switch the unit on again.

Read off and note the differential pressure.

Determine volume flow from the characteristic curve in chap-ter 6.1.4, multiply by the number of fans if several fans are installed. If the nominal values deviate from the measured values (see technical data), the fan speed can be adjusted by input at the controller. See controller documentation!

Pull off the tubes of the pressure measuring device, close the electrical module and re-connect the display connector.

6.1.3 Inspection, Maintenance, Repair

Visually inspect the fan. Check the impeller for smooth run.

The directly driven free-running fan impeller requires no maintenance.

Should the fan impeller, motor or bracket be defective, the entire fan unit must be replaced by Rittal service personnel.

93



Unit Components Fan and Fan Control

94

600

700

6.1.4 Characteristics for Adaptation of the Flow Volume: Fan M100 EC (63531101)

0

100

200

300

400

500

02.000

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

12.000

Differential pressure Pd (Pa)

Flow

vol

ume

m3 /

h

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

500

Fan M60 EC (63531100)

0

100

200

300

400

01.000

2.000

3.000

4.000

5.000

6.000

Differential pressure Pd (Pa)

Flow

vol

ume

m3 /

h

95



Unit Components Filter Monitoring and Filters

96

6.2 Filter Monitoring and Filters

6.2.1 Filter Monitoring by means of a Pressure Sensor

Characteristics• The degree of contamination of the filter is monitored by a

pressure sensor with analog signal output.

The momentary pressure drop can be read at the display of the controller. When the set final pressure drop indicating that the filter is clogged is reached, a message for filter change is output. Also see the controller documentation on this. The signal can also be transmitted to an external control sys-tem or be queried from remote via a modem.

6.2.2 Filters

Characteristics• Cassette filter of artificial fibre fleece.

The filter quality used and the pressure drop indicating that the filter is clogged is printed on the filter nameplate on the inside of the unit door.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Filter Monitoring and Filters

6

Changing the filter

DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!


Open the doors and the isolation plate.

Record the arrangement of the filters, then remove the fil-ters.

When installing the filters, be sure to note the correct orienta-tion, the air-flow direction arrow and the original arrange-ment of the filters.

Re-install the isolation plate and switch the unit on again.

97



Unit Components Cooling System

98

6.3 Cooling System

6.3.1 Direct Evaporation (DX)

Characteristics• Ribbed heat exchanger on suction side acts as direct evapo-

rator to cool and de-humidify the air.

• Venturi distributors for multiple injection and header for gas extraction.

• Aluminium condensate pan for collecting and draining the condensate when the air is being de-humidified. The con-densate pipe leads out of the housing free of pressure.

• Air-cooled high-output axial condenser for outdoor installa-tion, allows free air intake and exhaust. Ribbed heat exchanger, axial fan with permanent speed adjustment, cor-rosion resistant. Controlled by integrated speed controller (leading edge speed control), released by the air-condition-ing unit, separate main switch for repair purposes.

Notes on first operationEnsure the following

if an air-cooled condenser is installedvoltage is present,

the sense of rotation of the fans is correct,

air can be sucked in freely.

if a refrigerant circuit is provideda sufficient amount of refrigerant is present in the circuit (bubbling in the sight glass),

voltage is present,

the sense of rotation of the compressor is correct.

Notes on inspection, maintenance and repairCheck the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Cooling System

6

6.3.2 Water Cooling (CW)

Characteristics• Ribbed heat exchanger as cold water cooler for cooling and

de-humidification of the air.

• Supply and return of pumped cold water via an integrated three-way or two-way valve for continuous control of the cooling output.

• Different water temperatures are possible for the inlet and outlet to the heat exchanger. For target specifications see Technical Data.

• Aluminium condensate pan for collecting and draining the condensate when the air is being de-humidified. The con-densate pipe leads out of the housing free of pressure.

Notes on first operationEnsure the following

medium is supplied,

all supply and return valves are open,

heat exchanger and pipeline have been vented,

the control valve is functioning correctly.

Notes on inspection, maintenance and repairCheck the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.

99



Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)

100

6.4 Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)

6.4.1 Integrated Steam Humidifier, General Information

Characteristics• Electric steam humidifier for fully automatic generation and

output of largely demineralised, inodorous and sterile steam; microprocessor-controlled with manual switch for operation and evacuation.

• The humidifying system consists of steam cylinder, vertically arranged grid electrodes as heating elements, level control, inlet and outlet solenoid valves for filling and sludge removal.

• The unit can be serviced while the air-conditioning unit runs.

• A maintenance signal is output at the controller, when the steam cylinder is depleted.

• Different performance ranges and configurations for internal or external installation are available.

NOTE: The water supplied must have drinking water quality. Exception: Some external humidifiers may be operated with fully desalini-zated water. Such water is not potable!

DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch steam humidifier, steam lance and the adjacent lines during operation and for some time afterward!

Notes concerning maintenanceIf you are using a condensate lifting pump, desludge in stages to prevent overflowing of the pump. Monitor the water level inside the pump during the desludging process.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)

6

6.4.2 Internal Steam Humidifyer:

Characteristics:The internal steam-air humidifier is a pressure-less steam humidifier for direct humidification of supply-air. It operates with electrode heating and is designed for operation with normal drinking water. It is comprised of a console with plug-on steam cylinder, readily connected steam lance, and electronic control-ler ECCM.

Internal Steam Humidifier:

101




102

First operation:Open the water supply line.

As soon as the air-conditioning unit is switched on, the humidifier electronics are activativated and perform a self-test during which all LEDs of the controller unit ECCM light up one after the other. As soon as humidity is requested, the heating current is switched on. The inlet valve opens and the cylinder is filled with water. As soon as the electrodes dip-ping into the water heat it up, the green LED lights up, and after approx. 5 to 10 minutes steam is generated.

The low conductivity of very soft water may result in the maximum steam capacity not being reached during the initial hours of operation. However, the continuous evaporation process will subsequently result in sufficient conductivity. If the conductivity of the local water is < 300 μS/cm, consult with Rittal customer service concerning a special steam cyl-inder.

De-commissioningClose the water supply line.

Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) briefly, then wait 5 to 10 minutes, until the steam cylinder is empty.

Reset the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to 0; this separates the steam cylinder from the power supply network.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

Maintenance: replacing the steam cylinderThe first maintenance must be scheduled after approx. 500 operating hours, thereafter once a year. Also, if the yellow LED lights up continuously, the steam cylinder must be replaced.

Maintenance and cleaning see chapter “Maintenance - Cleaning”.

Stop the operation of the steam air humidifier (see above).

Loosen the hose clamp of the steam hose using a screw-driver, then pull the hose off the steam connection (1).

Pull the plugs of the electrode cables and the sensor cable (2), take note of the connections before!

103




104

Carefully push the steam cylinder up from the supports on the side and rear and remove it to the front (3).

Carefully put the steam cylinder down.

Correctly insert the new steam cylinder into the supports on the side and rear and carefully push it down into the drain valve until stop.

Reconnect the electrode cables as noted down before to the electrodes and the sensor connection, respectively.

Fasten the steam hose to the steam connection of the steam cylinder using a hose clamp.

Only lightly tighten the hose clamp at the connection!

Check all cables of the electrical installation inside the unit for proper seating and condition of the installation.

Removal of the steam cylinder

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

Resetting the maintenance display (upon replacement of the cylinder):

Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) while the unit is switched off and keep it pressed; then set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to ON (this activates the steam-air humidifier) and do not let go of the desludging/info button, before the system test is complete (approx 10 s).

Display of the controller ECCMFor information on the controller ECCM also see the sepa-rate documentation!

1. Display of current steam output (green LED)Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) for min. 3 s.

By flashing, the green LED indicates the current steam out-put in % of the maximum output. If you press the button again, the display is reset manually; after 5 minutes it is reset automatically.

Green LED flashes 1x 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 9x 10x

Steam output in % 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

105




106

2. Error display (yellow or red LED)

If the yellow or the red LED light up, press the desludg-ing/info button (50S1 or 51S1) for at least 3 seconds, until the yellow or red LED begin to flash at intervals (see next table).

The yellow LED “Warning” by flashing at an interval indi-cates that an error has occurred, and that the controller tries to resolve it. The number of flashes in one interval indicates the type of error.

The red LED “Error” by flashing at an interval indicates that an error has occurred which cannot be resolved by the con-troller. The heating supply voltage is shut off, the humidifier switches off. The number of flashes in one interval indicates the type of error.

Resolve the error (see next table).

Reset the error display: Set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to 0 for approx. 5 s; then reset it to ON.

Yellow LED Red LED Description of error

flashes continuou

sly--- The desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1)

has been pressed briefly. (Infomode)

lights up --- Steam cylinder needs to be serviced or maintenance display has not been reset.

lights up lights up

Steam cylinder service has not been performed or the maintenance display not been reset. humidifier switches off.

--- lights up Grave error; humidifier switches off.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm


6

-

k er t if

er

r er t

kit

he

er

“Warning“yellow LED

flashes

“Error”red LED flashes

Cause Remedy/solution

1xSafety chain interrupted

----- Fan lock is open

Flow indicator has trippedMaximum hygrostat has tripped

Check/switch on the fan system if requiredCheck fan/filter

Perform maintenance, checsystem if required; Set highvalue at maximum hygrostarequired

2xMaximum level

inside steam cyl-inder reached

----- Conductivity of water is too low (after first operation)Conductivity of water is too low for the steam cylinder usedPhase failure of heating supply voltage

Wait

Choose correct steam cylindtypeCheck fusing, replace if required

3xAdmissible filling time exceeded (first automatic

cleaning)

3xAdmissible filling time exceeded

Current/peak current shut offWater supply impaired, too low water pressure, inlet valve defective

Too high steam back pressure, causing water loss via the fill-ing cupDrain valve not tight

See ECCM documentation

Open stop valve, clean watefilter (if installed), check watpressure, check/replace inlevalveCheck steam installation, install pressure equalisationClean/replace drain valve

4xSteam cylinder

needs to be ser-viced

4xInterval for

steam cylinder service

exceeded

Mineral deposits and/or elec-trodes spent

Replace steam cylinderImportant: Afterward reset tmaintenance display

6xElectrode cur-rent too high

6xElectrode cur-rent too high

Steam cylinder (electrodes) defectiveAuto desludging function failsDrain valve/coil defectiveDrainage of steam cylinder impairedConductivity too high for steam cylinder type

Replace steam cylinder or electrodesCheck installation/controlReplace drain valve/coilReplace steam cylinder

Choose correct steam cylindtype

7xFoam detection in the steam cyl-

inder

7xNo success in foam removal

Foam inside steam cylinder Drain/rinse steam cylinderSet jumper to “DRN” (see ECCM documentation)

107




1

tor

e er -

----- 8xMain contactor

sticks

Main contactor is blocked in activated position

Check/replace main contac

9xDrain valve

blocked

9xDrain valve

blocked

Drain valved choked or defec-tiveDrain opening of steam cylin-der choked

Clean/replace drain valve

Clean drain opening

----- 10xRotary code-

switch is set to wrong position

Rotary code switch of the con-troller has been set to a non-programmed position

Set rotary code-switch to thposition for the steam cylindtype used (see ECCM documentation)

08

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Electric Heating (optional)

6

6.5 Electric Heating (optional)

6.5.1 Characteristics

• Electric heating register with fuse to prevent superheating (STL).

6.5.2 Notes on First Operation

Check all phases for the correct values and that terminals are securely fastened.

Check safety chain.

6.5.3 Notes on Inspection, Maintenance and Repair

Check the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.

6.5.4 Resetting the Electrical Heating

The safety temperature limiter (STL) is integrated in the safety thermostat. It switches the electrical heating off when the maximum temperature is exceeded. After resolving the cause of the superheating, the STL must be reset manually:


Open the door of the machine section and the isolation plate.

Unscrew the protective cap of the STL.

Press the reset button.

Re-install the protective cap, close the isolation plate and the door of the machine section, then switch the unit on again.

109



Unit Components Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX versions)

110

6.6 Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX ver-sions)

6.6.1 Solenoid Valve, 50/100

• Compressor and safety devices insulated from air-treatment components by soundproofing on air side. Inspection and maintenance work are therefore possible while the unit is operating. All fittings are easily accessible. As far as possi-ble, standard components which are available worldwide have been used.

• The condenser is controlled by a permanent pressure sen-sor and speed controller for the condenser-fan motor. In water-cooled condensors the condensation pressure is maintained by a cooling water controller.

• Safety system designed according to DIN EN 378. Compres-sor terminal board conforms to enclosure type IP21 to IEC 529.

• The refrigeration output is controlled by means of perfor-mance-related activation and deactivation of the combined compressors as well as by hot-gas bypass control with a solenoid valve.

6.6.2 Solenoid Valve, Virtually Continuous

• Compressor and safety devices insulated from air-treatment components by soundproofing on air side. Inspection and maintenance work are therefore possible while the unit is operating. All fittings are easily accessible.

• The condenser is controlled by a permanent pressure sen-sor and speed controller for the condenser-fan motor. In water-cooled condensors the condensation pressure is maintained by a cooling water controller. On internal con-densers the high and low pressures are monitored.

• Safety system designed according to DIN EN 378. Compres-sor terminal board conforms to enclosure type IP21 to IEC 529.

• The refrigeration output is controlled by means of perfor-mance-related activation and deactivation of the combined compressors as well as by hot-gas bypass control by means of a solenoid valve with virtually continuous servomotor con-trol.

6-0k

omib

rit-g

b-02

-011

1.fm

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX versions)

6

6.6.3 Notes on First Operation

Ensure that the pipe system is correctly evacuated.

Check the moisture indicator (sight glass).

Check correct electrical connection.

Fill the system with refrigerant.

Start the compressor and ensure that it is correctly filled (bubble-free sight glass).

Ensure that the condenser control system and safety devices (pressostats) are correctly set, test them.

Check for superheating (expansion valve).

Check filter dryer for temperature difference of inlet and out-let.

Check function of performance control system.

Issue measuring report.

111



Unit Components Free Cooling (FC) (optional)

112

6.7 Free Cooling (FC) (optional)

The scope of supply of the FC option comprises a Free-Cooling add-on box with two exhaust air louver dampers and electronic safety drives fastened to it. An outdoor air temper-ature sensor is supplied separately.

The special design of the Free-Cooling add-on box allows highly energy-efficient heat removal from thermally loaded rooms, since the outdoor air is used directly for cooling. The required conditioning of the room is achieved by constant mixing of cold outdoor air with warm return air from the room. The outdoor air conducted into the room results in slighly higher pressure inside the room. This in turn causes exces-sive air to excape outdoors via the exhaust-air dampers.

This principle is referred to as “direct free cooling” and only makes sense where the outdoor air is colder than the return air from the room. If the outdoor air temperature rises above the return air from the room, the unit switches over to recir-culating-air operation; the heat from the room is then removed by refrigeration (mechanical cooling).


7-0z

usdo

rit-g

b-01

-021

0.fm


7

7 Additional Documents

e.g. Control System,

Humidifier,

Condenser,

Maximum Humidity Limiter,

Valve Actuator,

Heating Thermostat,

Servomotor

etc., as far as available.

113


7-0zusdorit-gb-01-0210.fm


114

Operating InstructionsRittal pcs+

Rittal pcs+

Rittal pcs+OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

P

CS

+rit-0-gb-04-0511.fm


Auf dem Stützelberg35745 HerbornGermany

Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19

E-mail: [email protected]

Dear Customer,

We would like to thank you for choosing aRittal pcs+.

Please take the time to read this documen-tation carefully.

Please pay particular attention to thesafety instructions in the text and to chap-ter „Safety Notes“

This is the prerequisite for safe handlingand the most trouble-free operation possi-ble.

Please keep the complete documentationreadily available so that it is always onhand when needed.

We are always happy to answer any tech-nical questions regarding our entire rangeof products.

We wish you every success!

Regards,Rittal GmbH & Co. KG

P

CS

+rit-

0-gb

-04-

0511

.fm

Table of ContentsOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Table of Contents

1 Safety Notes .......................................................1

2 Operating Elements .......................................3

2.1 Input Keys ...................................................................4

2.2 Display ........................................................................5

2.3 Programme Key (option for pco2) ...............................6

3 Operation .............................................................9

3.1 Operating Levels.........................................................9

3.2 Switching On and Off ................................................10

3.3 Example 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints .......13

3.4 Example 2: Displaying and Resettingan Error Message .....................................................18

3.5 Example 3: Changing the Password.........................21

4 Menu Structure ...............................................29

5 Technical Information.................................31

5.1 Operating Console ....................................................31

5.2 Controller pco2 ..........................................................32

5.3 Controller pco3 ..........................................................35

5.4 Buffer Battery for Realtime Clock..............................38

Rittal pcs+OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

P

CS

+rit-0-gb-04-0511.fm

This document is meant for operators of pcs+. It explains localoperation of pcs+ on the first operating level of the operatingconsole installed in the door of the electrical module of the air-conditioning unit.

The individual menu items of pcs+ are programmed for the spe-cific project and may therefore differ from those shown in thisdocument. Call-up of menu items and navigation in the menus isexplained by means of general examples.

Safety Notes

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


1 of 40

1 Safety Notes

DANGER! Electric shock!Touching voltage conducting components can cause death!Before opening the unit, shut off power supply! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting compo-nents.

DANGER! Electric shock!After shutting off the power supply to the unit, some circuits inside the electrical module will still conduct voltage for some minutes! Touching these components can cause death!After switching the power supply off, wait at least 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!

ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction!Do not modify the unit!Use only original spare parts!

ATTENTION! Programme or program key may be destroyed!Only insert or remove the memory card (program key) and only press the switch on it, when pcs+ is disconnected from the power supply!

Safety NotesOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

2 of 40

Operators and Technical Personnel:Installation, first operation, maintenance and repair of this unitmay only be carried out by qualified fitters and electricians, or byRittal service personnel.

Information about the current status of the control functions , the service hot-line as well as the Rittal equipment and drawing number foridentification of the unit for service purposes can be queried inthe main menu under “INFO”.

Technicalpersonnelonly!

Operating Elements

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


3 of 40

2 Operating Elements

Overview of the operating console

Display

Input Keys

Operating ElementsInput Keys


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

4 of 40

2.1 Input Keys

in DisplayOn/Off Switches unit on/off.

The green LED flashes during thestart-up and shut-down sequence andis continuously on when the unit is on.

Alarm Displays alarm messages, shuts offbuzzer and acknowledges alarm.The red LED flashes if at least 1 alarm is present.

Up arrow Jumps to display panel of next Zhigher menu item (arranged in a loop)or moves cursor up by one line Yor increases a value.

Down arrow Jumps to display panel of next blower menu item (arranged in a loop)or moves cursor down by one line Yor decreases a value.

Enter Opens input, confirms andopens next input (if available), or jump to nextmenu level Y

Back Jump back by one level or cancel input (cursor returns to home position).

System info When alarm and enter arepressed at the same time, system informationof pcs+ is shown, e. g. the Bios version.

Alarm memory When Esc and Enter are pressedquery at the same time in the main menu, the

last 10 alarms can be queried.

The green LEDs in the keys Escape, Up arrow, Enter and Down arrow indicate that the supply voltage is present.

+

+

Operating ElementsDisplay

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


5 of 40

2.2 Display

The two last digits are reserved for status diplay, the two lines above these for unit-specific data.

The rectangular cursor flashes above the character at the current input position. In this document it is represented by an underscore.

Navigation OptionsZ Jumping to display screen of next higher menu item pos-sible (arranged in a loop)b Jumping to display screen of next lower menu item pos-sible (arranged in a loop)Y Jump to lower menu level

TU 09:48 19.09.2006 ZOFF

bDisplay (example: Start menu)

Navigation options

Operating ElementsProgramme Key (option for pco2)


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

6 of 40

2.3 Programme Key (option for pco2)

ATTENTION! Programme or program key may be destroyed!Only insert or remove the memory card (program key) and only press the switch on it, when pcs+ is disconnected from the power supply!

The program key is a memory card that is used to transfer the application programme, that is, it is uploaded to pcs+ or downloaded from pcs+.

When the program key is inserted in the pcs+, the transfer direction currently selected with the switch is displayed by the program key.

Program key

lights up in red:you may upload data from program key

lights up green:you may download data from pcs+


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


7 of 40

Transferring the Application Programme

• Switch the pcs+ off with the On/Off key.

• Wait until shut-off procedure is complete, then switch the air-conditioning unit off at the main switch.

• Set the switch of the program key to the desired transfer direction (symbols on the program key).

• Remove the cover on the plug-in slot “expansion memory”.

• Insert the plug of the program key into the “expansion mem-ory” slot.

• Press the keys arrow up and arrow down at the same time and keep them pressed.

• Switch the air-conditioning unit on at the main switch.

• Let go of the arrow keys, when the transfer prompt appears on the display.

• Press enter to start the transfer.The transfer now runs, the display reports that and after-wards displays the programme just transferred.

Removing the Program Key• Switch the air-conditioning unit off at the main switch.

• Remove the program key from the “expansion memory” slot.

• Reinstall the cover.

Starting the Program without Prior Transfer for Test Pur-poses

For test purposes a programme can also be started from the program key without first transferring it to the pcs+.

• Switch the pcs+ off, switch the air-conditioning unit off and push the switch of the program key to the key symbol posi-tion. Plug in the program key (but do not press the two arrow keys) and switch the air-conditioning unit on at the main switch.



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

8 of 40

OperationOperating Levels

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


9 of 40

3 Operation

3.1 Operating Levels

Level 0: Values can be displayed, no password required.

Level 1: Plant specific setpoints can be edited. The pass-word required to do so can be changed by the company operating the unit.

Level 2: (Service level): Setpoints and control parame-ters can be edited. This level is reserved to Rit-tal service.

OperationSwitching On/Off


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

10 of 40

3.2 Switching On/Off

Even when the unit is off, the start menu displays which tim-ers (if installed) are active. In this case, for instance, the timer T1 is inactive (display: --), the timer T2 is active (dis-play: T2).

• Programme for start-up: the orange LED in Prg flashes. The start-up sequence begins after a delay time, e. g. to prevent unintentional switching on.

TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF

b

TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF

DELAYUNIT START-UP b


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


11 of 40

Thereafter the flaps (if installed) are opened.

Then the fan is switched on and the air flow required for con-trol builds up.

The unit is now switched on, the orange LED in Prg is on continuously.

Switching-on is possible from the start menu only.

The process may be stopped at any time by pressing the Prg key once more.

TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF

SUPPLYDAMPERS b

TU 09:49 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF

DELAYCONTROLLER b

TU 09:50 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

12 of 40

• Programme for shut-down: the orange LED in Prg flashes. The shut-down sequence begins, that is, the fan keeps run-ning to protect the air-conditioning unit from damage (NL = keep running).

Thereafter the unit shuts off and the orange LED in the Prg key shuts off.

Switching-off is possible from the start menu only.

The process may be stopped at any time by pressing the Prg key once more.

WE 10:20 20.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF NL: 007 SEC

b

WE 10:23 20.09.2006 Z-- T2

OFF

b

OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


13 of 40

3.3 Example 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints

Start menu, password menu and main menu are arranged in a loop. Start menu:

• Press up arrow in start menu: the main menu is displayed:

• Press down arrow: cursor moves to parameter:

TU 10:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

bMAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y

MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

14 of 40

• Press Enter: the parameters are displayed:

• Press Enter: the first setpoint (room temperature) is dis-played:

If limit values are available for a setpoint, these are likewise displayed.

With the up and down arrow keys you can switch to the next setpoint, all are arranged in a loop.

On the top right the access level required to edit this setpoint is displayed - in this case level 1 and 2 (LV 1/2).

SETPOINTS YCONTROL PARAMETERS YTIME PARAMETERS YSETUP Y

SETPOINT (LV 1/2) Z ROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : 21.0 °C

b


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


15 of 40

• Press enter to change the setpoint for the room temperature. If the access level is still 0: the password query is displayed (see example 3: change password), thereafter the pro-gramme returns to the setpoint room temperature. The cur-sor jumps to the sign of setpoint 1:

• Press up or down arrow key to change the setpoint for the room temperature. If you press the arrow key briefly, the digit after the decimal point is first changed, and once 9 is reached, the digits before the decimal point are changed. If you press the arrow key longer, the digit before the decimal point will be changed right away.

The setpoint for the room temperature is limited to a range from 15 to 30 °C.

You can terminate the procedure by pressing the Esc key.

SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : _21.0 °C

b

SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : _22.0 °C

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

16 of 40

• Press enter to confirm the new setpoint. The cursor moves to the home position and the setpoint for heating/cooling, which is sent to the controllers, is computed (SW_HC):

If limit values are likewise displayed, the cursor moves to the next input field, e. g. to the limit value Tmax. Upon confirma-tion it returns to the home position.

• Esc = back; quit the setpoints arranged in a loop. The parameters are displayed:

SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : 22.0 °C

b

SETPOINTS YCONTROL PARAMETERS YTIME PARAMETERS YSETUP Y


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


17 of 40

• Esc = back; quit the parameters. The main menu is dis-played:

• Esc = back, quit the main menu. The start menu is dis-played:


TU 10:58 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

b

OperationExample 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

18 of 40

3.4 Example 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message

The LED in the alarm key flashes, a buzzer is heard (continuoustone) and the orange LED in the Prg key is off: at least one errorin group 1 has occurred. (The less severe errors in group 2 donot lead to shut-down of the unit.) The start menu displays “ON”:

• Press alarm to acknowledge: the buzzer is shut off and the alarm display is called up:

TU 11:07 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

b

Z ALARM(S) ACTIVE

b


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


19 of 40

• Press down arrow to display the type of alarm: the failure motor overload protection (Max. Amp.) for fan 1 is displayed:

• Press down arrow to display further alarms: the failure motor overload protection (Max. Amp.) for fan 2 is displayed:

• Press down arrow to display further alarms: alarm menu is displayed again, because no further alarms have occurred.

• Resolve the error!

ALARM Z FAN 1MAX. AMP.

b

ALARM Z FAN 2MAX. AMP.

b

Z ALARM(S) ACTIVE

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

20 of 40

• Reset the alarm: all error messages are reset, the red LED in the alarm key shuts off and the start-up sequence begins (see Switching on and off).

OperationExample 3: Changing the Password

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


21 of 40

3.5 Example 3: Changing the Password

The factory setting for the customer password is 3112. To change the password, the level must be set to 1, that is, the password must be entered correctly. Start menu:

• Press down arrow in start menu: the password menu is dis-played:

• Press enter to be able to enter the password: the cursor jumps to the first digit of the password:

TU 11:17 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

b

PASSWORD Z 0000

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b

PASSWORD Z 0000

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

22 of 40

This allows to set the first two digits of the password.

• Press the up arrow key until the first two digits of the pass-word have been set. (Or press down arrow key, the display counts down from 99 then.)

• Press enter to confirm the first two digits: the cursor jumps to the third digit.

• Press the up arrow key until the last two digits of the pass-word have been set. (Or press down arrow key, the display counts down from 99 then.)

PASSWORD Z 3100

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b

PASSWORD Z 3100

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b

PASSWORD Z 3112

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


23 of 40

• Press enter to confirm the last two digits: the cursor jumps to check:

• Press up arrow key to set the check to YES: the password is checked:

• Press enter to confirm: since the password has been entered correctly, the level is increased (Level 1):

PASSWORD Z 3112

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0

b

PASSWORD Z 3112

CHECK: YESLEVEL: 0

b

PASSWORD Z 0000

CHECK: NOLEVEL: 1

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

24 of 40

• Press down arrow in password menu: the main menu is dis-played:

• Press down arrow key twice: the cursor moves to tools:

• Press Enter: the tools are displayed:



TOOLS: CLOCK/PASSW.CLOCK YTIMER YCHANGE PASSWORD Y


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


25 of 40

• Press down arrow key twice: the cursor moves to change password:

• Press enter to change the password: level and password are displayed:

• Press enter to be able to enter a new password: the cursor jumps to the first digit of the password:

This allows to set all four digits of the password.


CHANGE PASSWORD _

LEVEL 1: 3112

CHANGE PASSWORD

LEVEL 1: 3112



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

26 of 40

• Press the down arrow key until the four digits of the new password have been set. (Or press up arrow key, to count upward.) If you press once, the last digit is changed, if you keep the key pressed, several digits are changed.

• Press enter to confirm the new password. The cursor moves to the home position:

• Esc = back, to quit the change password menu. The tools are displayed:

CHANGE PASSWORD

LEVEL 1: 2407

CHANGE PASSWORD _

LEVEL 1: 2407



P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


27 of 40

• Esc = back, to quit the tools. The main menu is displayed:

• Esc = back, to quit the main menu. The level is reset to 0 and the start menu appears:

During any input, the procedure can be aborted by pressing Esc.


TU 11:17 19.09.2006 Z-- T2

ON

b



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

28 of 40

Menu Structure

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


29 of 40

4 Menu Structure

START MENU

PASSWORD

MAIN MENU

ACTUAL VALUES PARAMETER TOOLS

INPUTS SETPOINTS CLOCK

OUTPUTS CONTROL PARAMETERS TIMER

MANUAL SETTING CHANGE PASSWORD

RUNTIME

TIME PARAMETERS

SETUP

INFO

ALARMS

Menu StructureOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

30 of 40

Technical InformationOperating Console

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


31 of 40

5 TechnicalInformation

5.1 Operating Console

LCD display, 8 lines, 22 characters6 keys with feedback LEDAlarm buzzerFront panel installationEnclosure type IP 65

Technical InformationController pco2


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

32 of 40

5.2 Controller pco2

FeaturesMicroprocessor 16 Bit, 16 MHz, 256 KB RAMClock, battery bufferedRS485 interface for pLANDisplay connectionProgramme storage in non-volatile flash memory

Inputs and Outputs (versions Small/Medium/Large)

8/14/18 digital inputs8/13/18 digital outputs2/2/4 sensor inputs3/6/6 universal inputs4/4/6 analog outputs


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


33 of 40

Overview Controller pco2

Controller overview (Large version) pco2



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

34 of 40

1 Connector for power supply 24 VAC/VDC

2 Yellow LED for supply voltage;Red LED for alarm signal

3 Slow blow fuse 250 VAC, 2 A (sb2 A)

Inputs and Outputs 4 Connector for universal analog inputs NTC,

0 - 1 V, 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA

5 Connector for passive analog inputs NTC, PT1000, ON/OFF

6 Connector for analog outputs 0 - 10 V

7 Connector for digital inputs 24 VAC/VDC

8 Connector for digital inputs 110/230 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC

9 Connector for digital outputs

Interfaces 10 Connector for the operating console and for download of

the application programme

11 Connector for a synoptic operating panel (not used)

12 Connector for I/O extension modules

13 13A: Connector, 13B: Address setting and LED for local pLAN network

14 Plug-in slot for serial interface board RS485 or modem interface RS232

15 Plug-in slot for parallel printer interface board

16 Plug-in slot for programme memory board or memory extension module


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


35 of 40

5.3 Controller pco3

FeaturesMicroprocessor H8S2320, 16 Bit, 24 MHz, 512 kB RAMClock, battery bufferedRS485 interface for pLANDisplay connectionProgramme storage in non-volatile flash memory

Inputs and Outputs (versions Small/Medium/Large)

8/14/18 digital inputs8/13/18 digital outputs2/2/4 sensor inputs3/6/6 universal inputs4/4/6 analog outputs



P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

36 of 40

Overview Controller pco3

Controller overview (Large version) pco3


P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


37 of 40

1 Connector for power supply 24 VAC/VDC

2 Yellow LED for supply voltage;3 LEDs for local pLAN network

3 Additional supply for operating panel and ratio-metric 0...5 V sensors

Inputs and Outputs 4 Connector for universal analog inputs NTC,

0 - 1 V, 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA

5 Connector for passive analog inputs NTC, PT1000, ON/OFF

6 Connector for analog outputs 0 - 10 V

7 Connector for digital inputs 24 VAC/VDC

8 Connector for digital inputs 110/230 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC

9 Connector for digital outputs

Interfaces 10 Connector for the operating console and for download of

the application programme

11 Connector for a synoptic operating panel (not used)

12 Connector for I/O extension modules

13 Connector fo local pLAN network

14 Slot for serial interface board RS485

15 Slot for fieldbus board

16 Slot for service board

Technical InformationBuffer Battery for Realtime Clock


P

CS

+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm

38 of 40

5.4 Buffer Battery for Realtime Clock

Replace the buffer battery at least every 5 years, regardless of its charge condition!

Replace only with battery type CR2430 (lithium battery 3 V)!

During battery replacement, the supply voltage must be present to prevent data loss in the realtime clock.

The battery is held by spring bracket. Lift the bracket care-fully as it may otherwise be destroyed.

Replacing the battery:

• Lift off the cover.

• Push the waste battery sideways from the spring bracket.

• Insert new battery sideways; ensure correct polarity!

• Reinstall the cover.

• Cover contacts with adhesive tape and dispose of the waste battery in a suitable container at a shop or at the local waste removal centre.

By no means dispose of the waste battery with domestic waste!

Returning of batteries is free of charge and required by law.

Replacing the battery

Technical InformationBuffer Battery for Realtime Clock

P

CS

+rit-

1-gb

-04-

0511

.fm


39 of 40


Auf dem Stützelberg35745 HerbornGermany

Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19

E-mail: [email protected] Version 03-0610

Erstellt am: 20.06.2011 WEISS Klimatechnik GmbH Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 21.06.2011 Seite 1 von 2

pcs+ alarm allocation

Jok 16.03.2011 Projekt: UKS CW and DX

Software Version

1.10 Order number:

Register Fai

lure

U

nit o

ff

Fai

lure

Mai

nten

ance

Alarm Notice AL0 X Fire dampers AL1 X Freeze protection AL2 X Water warning AL3 X Cold water system AL4 X Overload supply air fan 1 AL5 X Overload supply air fan 3 AL6 X Fan overload exhaust-/return air 1 AL7 X Fan overload exhaust-/return air 2 AL8 X High pressure/overload compressor 1 AL9 X High pressure/overload compressor 2 AL10 X High pressure/overload compressor 3 AL11 X High pressure/overload compressor 4 AL12 X Low pressure cooling cycle 1 AL13 X Low pressure cooling cycle 2 AL14 X Superheat controller AL15 X High pressure cooling cycle 2

AL16 X Failure chilled water system 1/ Chilled water pump

AL17 X Failure chilled water system 2/ Warm water pump

AL18 X Failure condensate pump AL19 X Disturbance electrical heater AL20 X Disturbance electrical heater step 2 AL21 X Disturbance humidifier AL22 X Maintenance humidifier AL23 X No air flow supply air AL24 X No air flow exhaust/return air AL25 X No air flow outside air AL26 X Flow monitor chilled water AL27 X Flow monitor warm water AL28 X External component 1 AL29 X External component 2 AL30 X Maintenance exhaust/return air fan AL31 X Maintenance supply air fan AL32 X Maintenance compressor 1 AL33 X Maintenance compressor 2 AL34 X Maintenance compressor 3 AL35 X Maintenance compressor 4 AL36 X Maintenance fresh air fan AL37 X Maintenance supply air filter AL38 X Maintenance return air filter AL39 X Maintenance fresh air filter AL40 X Maintenance hepa filter AL41 X Limit control temperature maximum AL42 X Limit control temperature minimum AL43 X Limit control humidity maximum AL44 X Limit control humidity minimum

Erstellt am: 20.06.2011 WEISS Klimatechnik GmbH Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 21.06.2011 Seite 2 von 2

pcs+ alarm allocation

AL45 X Limit supply air temperature maximum AL46 X Limit supply air temperature minimum AL47 Maintenance external component 1 AL48 Maintenance external component 2 AL49 X Emergency power AL50 Special alarm AL51 Memory error controller AL52 X Disturbance extension board is offline

Dampf-Luftbefeuchter / Steam Humidifier / Humidificateur à vapeur

Condair ECCM (OEM)Elektroinstallation / Electric Installation / Installation Eléctrique

1118

284

DE/E

N/FR

090

8

SicherheitDie Elektro-Installation darf nur von qualifiziertem Elektro-Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden! Die Elektroinstallation ist gemäss dem Elektroschema und den Angaben in dieser Anleitung zu erstellen. Die lokalen Vorschriften zur Ausführung von Elektroinstallationen und zur Arbeitssicherheit sind zu beachten und einzuhalten.Achtung! Für die Elektroinstallation sind die Vorgaben der Normen “DIN EN 60335-1” und “DIN EN 60335-2-98” zur Sicherheit elektrischer Geräte zwingend einzuhalten. Insbesondere ist darauf zu achten, dass ein ausreichender Schutz gegen zufällige Berührung stromführender Teile gewährleistet ist.

Heizspannung UpKabelquerschnitt der Netzzuleitung und Absicherung ge-mäss den lokalen Vorschriften für Elektroinstallationen. Die Absicherung darf jedoch die Werte gemäss Tabelle “Elektrische Daten” nicht unterschreiten. In der Netzzu-leitung ist eine allpolige Trennvorrichtung mit mindestens 3 mm Kontaktöffnungsweite vorzusehen. Wichtig! Eine der Phasen ist für die Strommessung durch den Stromsensor zu führen (bei den Dampfzylindertypen “263” und “140” in einer Doppelschlaufe).

Steuerspannung UcKabelquerschnitt der Netzzuleitung und Absicherung ge-mäss den lokalen Vorschriften für Elektroinstallationen. In der Netzzuleitung ist eine allpolige Trennvorrichtung mit mindestens 3 mm Kontaktöffnungsweite vorzusehen. Das Elektroschema gilt für beide Varianten: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz und 24 V AC/DC.

SicherheitsketteDie potentialfreien Kontakte des Luftströmungswächters, der Ventilatorverriegelung und des Sicherheitshygrosta-ten müssen in Serie an die Klemme “SC” angeschlossen werden. Achtung! Keine Fremdspannung auf die Klemme führen.

Regler-/Sensor-AnschlussRegler/Sensor über abgeschirmtes (Schirm an Klemme “-V”) oder verdrilltes Kabel an die Elektronik anschlies-sen.Hygrostat mit potentialfreiem Kontakt verwenden!

Fernanzeige SammelstörmeldungDie Sammelstörmeldung erfolgt über einen potentialfreien Wechselkontakt (Anschluss “Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Schalten von Relais oder Kleinschütz mit entsprechenden Entstörbausteinen.

Elektronik-EinstellungDer Gerätetyp wird über den Drehkodierschalter “S1”, eine allfällige Leistungsbegrenzung über das Potentio-meter “Sx%” und der Feuchtesollwert (bei Verwendung des internen PI-Reglers) über das Potentiometer “%rH” eingestellt.Der Regelsignalbereich sowie die weiteren Betriebs-parameter werden über Jumper eingestellt (siehe ent-sprechende Tabellen).Wichtig! Beim Anschluss an ein Netz mit Fehlerstromschutz-schalter, ist ein Jumper auf die Position “Fi” zu setzen.

SafetyThe electrical installation may only be carried out by qualified electricians!The electrical installation is to be carried out in accordance with the wiring diagram and the information given in this installation instructions. The local regulations concerning the electric installation and the safety at work must be observed and complied with.Caution! For the electrical installation it is mandatory to comply with the regulations stated in the “DIN EN60335-1” and “DIN EN 60335-2-98” standards (concerning the safety of electrical devices). In particular, it must be made sure that there is sufficient protection against inadvertent contact with life parts.

Heating voltage UpCross-section of supply cable and fuse protection according to the local regulations concerning the electric installation. The fuse protection must not be lower than the data provided in the table “Electrical data”. The power supply must be provided with an all-pole disconnecting device having a contact gap of at least 3 mm!Important! For the current measurement one of the phases must be lead through the current sensor (for steam cylinder types “263” and “140” in a double loop).

Control voltage UcCross-section of supply cable and fuse protection according to the local regulations concerning the electric installation. The power supply must be provided with an all-pole discon-necting device having a contact gap of at least 3 mm! The wiring diagram is valid for both versions: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz and 24 V AC/DC.

Safety chainThe potential-free contacts of the air flow monitor, the fan interlock and the safety humidistat have to be connected in series to terminal “SC”.Important! Do not apply any external voltage to the terminal.

Controller/Sensor connectionConnect controller/sensor via a shielded cable (shield on terminal “-V”) or via a twisted cable to the electronic board.Use a humidistat with potential-free contact!

Remote collective signalOf deviations from normal operating status by a voltage-free contact (terminal “ Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Switching of relay and contactor use corresponding screening units.

Electronic adjustmentThe unit type is adjusted via the rotary switch “S1”, the capacity limitation (if necessary) is set via the potentiometer “Sx%” and the nominal value of relative humidity (if internal PI controller is used) is set via the potentiometer “%rH”.The controller signal range and the operating parameters are adjusted by means of jumpers (see corresponding tables).Important! When connecting to a mains supply with leak current breaker a jumper must be put on position “Fi” additionally.

SécuritéL’installation électrique doit être exécutée uniquement par des professionnels qualifiés!Etablir l’installation électrique selon le schéma et les indi-cations de la présente documentation. Veuillez observer et respecter les prescriptions locales concernant l’exécution d’installations électrique et de la sécurité du travail.Attention! Effectuez l’installation électrique en observant impérativement les directives des normes “DIN EN60335-1” et “DIN EN 60335-2-98” pour la protectiondes appareils électriques. En particulier, veillez à assurer une protec-tion suffisante contre l‘attouchement intempestif des parties sous tension électrique.

Tension de chauffage UpSection de la conduite d’alimentation et la valeur de fusibles conformes aux prescription local concernant l’exécution d’installations électriques. La valeur des fusibles ne doit pas être inférieure à celles de la table “Caractéristiques électriques”. Sur la ligne réseau, il faut prévoir un dispositif de coupure tous pôles avec ouverture de contacts d’au moins 3 mm!Important! Pour la mesure du courant, conduire une des phases à travers la sonde de courant (aux types de cylindre de vapeur “263” et “140”, avec une boucle double).

Tension de commande UcSection de la conduite d’alimentation et valeur de fusible conformes aux prescriptions locales concernant l’exécu-tion d’installations électriques. Sur la ligne réseau, il faut prévoir un dispositif de coupure tous pôles avec ouverture de contacts d’au moins 3 mm! Le schéma électrique est valable pour les deux variantes: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz et 24 V AC/DC.

Chaîne de sécurité Les contacts à potentiel nul du contrôleur de débit d’air, du verrouillage du ventilateur et de l’hygrostat de sécurité doivent être branchés en série à la borne “SC”.Attention! N’appliquez aucune tension étrangère sur la borne.

Raccordement du régulateur/de la sondeRaccorder le régulateur/la sonde par un câble blindé (blindage au borne “-V”) ou par un câble torsadé à la carte électronique.Utiliser un hygrostat avec contact à potentiel nul!

Signalisation à distance de dérangem. collectifLa signalisation de dérangement collectif s’effectue par un contact à potentiel nul (connections “Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Connecter le relais ou le contacteur par le biais de dispositifs antiparasites correspondants.

Réglage électroniqueLe type d’appareil se règle au moyen du commutateur rotatif “S1”, la limitation de puissance se règle au moyen du potentiomètre “Sx%” et la valeur de consigne humidité (à l’utilisation du régulateur interne PI) se règle au moyen du potentiomètre “%rH”.Réglage de la plage du signal de régulation et le réglage des paramètres à l’aide des cavaliers (voir tables corres-pondantes).Important! En cas de connexion au réseau avec interrup-teur différentiel, mettez en plus un cavalier sur position “Fi”.

Elektroschema Wiring diagram Schéma d’électrique

SC MD gn ye rd +V IN –VGND

+10V

+12V

mA

SP

2P Fi Z

DRNCDYDSPCTRKLMN

Sx%

%rH

CTN L1 VI V0 Error Sensor

230 V

AC / 5

0...60

Hz

24 V

AC/

DC (O

ption

)

N/P2

L1/P

1

3 x 23

0 VAC

... 3

x 400

VAC

L1L2

L3

+10 V

DC

Erro

r

Servi

ce

Stea

m

R=1.2

kΩ

R=1.2

kΩ

R=1.2

kΩ

φ max.

∆pB2B1

B3

N N N

N / P

1

F1

F2F3

Q2Q3

Y1

Y2 Y3

S2S3

H1H2H3

JP1

JP2

S1B5

T1

J1

250 m

AT (2

30 V

AC)

2 AT

( 24 V

AC/

DC)

UcUp

2 AT

(230

VAC

) 6 A

T (2

4V A

C/DC

)

H1H2H3

Switc

h

max.

5 A / 2

50 V

01

2 3 4 5 6

78

F

E D C BA

9

A1A2

+V IN –V

B4

+V IN –V

+ –Y

durch

Kun

den /

by cl

ient /

par le

clien

t

Damp

fzylin

der

Stea

m cy

linde

r Cy

lindr

e à va

peur

Legende Elektroschema:A1 Stetigregler oder Feuchtesensor

(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Potentiometer-Feuchteregler

(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 VentilatorverriegelungB2 StrömungswächterB3 SicherheitshygrostatB4 Ein/Aus-HygrostatB5 Niveausensor DampfzylinderF1 Sicherung SteuerprintF2 Sicherungen SteuerspannungF3 Sicherungen Heizspannung

(siehe Tabelle “Elektrische Daten”)H1 LED rot: StörungH2 LED gelb: Service, WarnungH3 LED grün: DampfproduktionJ1 Drahtbrücke, falls kein Hauptschalter S3 ange-

schlossen wirdJP1 Jumperblock 1JP2 Jumperblock 2Q2 Serviceschalter SteuerspannungQ3 Serviceschalter HeizspannungS1 Drehkodierschalter GerätetypS2 Abschlämm-/InfotasteS3 HauptschalterSx% Potentiometer Leistungsbegrenzung%rH Potentiometer FeuchtewertY1 Hauptschütz HeizspannungY2 EinlassventilY3 AuslassventilT1 Stromsensor

Legende schéma d’électrique:A1 Régulateur progressif ou Sonde d’humidité

(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Régulateur d’humidité potentiométrique

(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 Verouillage du ventilateurB2 Contrôleur de flux d’airB3 Hygrostat de sécuritéB4 Hygrostat tout-ou-rienB5 Sonde de niveau cylindre à vapeurF1 Fusible platine de commandeF2 Fusibles tension de commandeF3 Fusibles tension de chauffage

(voir table “Données électriques”)H1 LED rouge: ErreurH2 LED jaune: Service, AvertissementH3 LED vert: Production de vapeurJ1 Pontage, si aucun interrupteur d’appareil S3

n’est installéJP1 Socle des cavaliers 1JP2 Socle des cavaliers 1Q2 Interrupteur de service tension de commandeQ3 Interrupteur de service tension de chauffageS1 Commutateur rotatif “type d’appareil”S2 Touche de rinçage/d’infoS3 Interrupteur d’appareil Sx% Potentiomètre “Limitation de puissance”%rH Potentiomètre “Valeur d’humiditée”Y1 Contacteur principal tension de chauffageY2 Vanne d’admissionY3 Vanne d’écoulementT1 Sonde de courante

Index wiring diagram:A1 Continuous controller or humidity sensor

(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Potentiometric humidity controller

(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 Ventilator interlockingB2 Airflow monitorB3 Safety humidistatB4 On/Off humidistatB5 Niveau sensor steam cylinderF1 Fuse control PCBF2 Fuses control voltageF3 Fuses heating voltage

(see table “Electrical data”)H1 LED red: ErrorH2 LED yellow: Service, WarningH3 LED green: Steam productionJ1 Wire bridge, if no unit switch S3 is installedJP1 Jumper bloc 1JP2 Jumper bloc 2Q2 Service switch control voltageQ3 Service switch heating voltageS1 Rotary switch Unit typeS2 Drain/Info keyS3 Unit switchSx% Potentiometer Limit switch%rH Potentiometer humidity valueY1 Main contactor heating voltageY2 Inlet valveY3 Outlet valveT1 Current sensor

Einstellen des Gerätetyps Adjusting the unit type Adjustment du modèle d’appareil

DrehkodierschalterRotation switch

Commutateur rotatif

DampfleistungSteam CapacityDébit de vapeur

HeizspannungHeating voltage

Tension de chauffage

DampfzylinderSteam cylinder

Cylindre à vapeur

BemerkungenRemarksRemarques

Pos. “S1” kg/h Volt/System Typ0 4 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 263 Doppelschlaufe um Stromsensor

Double loop arround current transformerDouble boucle autour du transformateur de courant

1 8 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 363 –––2 15 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 464 –––3 25 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 674 –––4 33 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 664 –––5 45 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 664 –––6 ––– ––– ––– –––7 ––– ––– ––– –––8 2 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 140 Doppelschlaufe um Stromsensor

Double loop arround current transformerDouble boucle autour du transformateur de courant

8 4 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 240 –––9 8 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 342 –––A 4 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 243 –––B 8 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 343 –––C 15 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 444 –––D 21 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 654 –––E 30 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 644 –––F ––– ––– ––– –––

Einstellung der ECCM-Elektronik Adjusting the ECCM electronics Réglage de l’électronique ECCM

Regelsignal-Einstellungen Controller signal adjustments Régulation du signal de régulation

Elektrische Daten Electrical data Caractéristiques électriques

Jumper PositionenPos mit Jumper ohne JumperFi Anschluss an Netz

mit FI-Schutzschalter

Anschluss an Netz ohne FI-Schutzschalter **

DRN Erhöhter Abschlämmfaktor

Normaler Abschlämmfaktor **

CDY Niedrige Wasserleitfähigkeit

Normale Wasserleitfähigkeit **

DSP Austausch- Dampfzylinder **

Reinigbarer Dampfzylinder

K Störung Nr. 4 “Dampf-zylinder Wartung fällig”: Nur Warnungsanzeige

Störung 4 “Dampfzy-linder Wartung fällig”: 72 Std. nach Anzeige der Warnung geht das Gerät auf Störung **

L Störung Nr. 3 “Füllzeit”: Warnung nach 20 Mi-nuten und Error nach 240 Minuten Füllzeit-überschreitung **

Störung Nr. 3 “Füllzeit”: Das Gerät geht nach240 Minuten Füllzeit-überschreitung direkt auf Störung

Z, N keine Funktion (Reserve** Werkseinstellungen

DampfleistungSteam capacityDébit de vapeur

DampfluftbefeuchterSteam humidifier

Humidificateur à vapeur

HeizspannungHeating voltage

Tension de chauffage

NennleistungNominal powerPuissance nom.

NennstromNominal currentCourant nominal

AbsicherungMain Fuses

Fusibles princ.kg/h Modell / Model / Modèle PN max. ** A, max. F1

4 OEM 240 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 13.0 A 16 A4 OEM 243 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 7.5 A 3 x 10 A4 OEM 263 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 4.5 A 3 x 10 A8 OEM 342 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 26.1 A 40 A8 OEM 343 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 15.1 A 3 x 20 A8 OEM 363 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 8.7 A 3 x 10 A

15 OEM 444 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 11.3 kW 28.2 A 3 x 40 A15 OEM 464 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 11.3 kW 16.2 A 3 x 20 A21 OEM 654 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 15.8 kW 39.5 A 3 x 50 A25 OEM 674 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 18.8 kW 27.1 A 3 x 40 A30 OEM 644 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 22.5 kW 56.5 A 3 x 63 A45 OEM 664 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 33.8 kW 48.7 A 3 x 63 A

Potentiometer für Leistungsbegrenzung **Potmeter for steam capacity limitation **Potentiomètre pour limitation capacité **

Sx%min. 25 %

max. 100 %** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine: 100 %

Potentiometer für Feuchtesollwert **Potmeter for Humidity set point **Potentiomètre pour valeur de consigne **

%rHmin. 0 %

max. 100 %** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine: 100 %

Anschluss an Feuchtefühler (interne Feuchteregelfunktion) 1)

Connection to humidity sensor (internal control function) 1)

Connexion à une sonde hygrométrique (régulateur interne) 1)

Signal ( 0 ... 100 % rF / rh / hr) Jumper Pos.0 ... 10 VDC 1) 2 ... 10 VDC0 ... 20 mA 2 ... 20 mA

CTRCTR + SPCTR + mACTR + mA + SP

Hinweis: Den Feuchte-Sollwert mittels Potentiometer %rH einstellenNote: Adjusting the humidity set point by the potmeter %rHRemarque: Ajuster la valeur de consigne par le potentiomètre %rH

** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine1) Hinweis: Der interne PI Regler ist nur für eine einfache Regelanwendungen konzipiert

(Propotionalbereich Xp: 18 %, Nachstellzeit Tn: 540 s) Note: The internal PI controler is designed for simple regulation applications (Pro-

potional range Xp: 18 %, Integral reset time Tn: 540 s) Remarque: Le régulateur d’humidité PI interne est conçu pour un fonctionnement

du réglage simple (Bande prop. Xp: 18 %, Temps d’integration Tn: 540 s)

Anschluss an einen externen FeuchtereglerConnection to external humidity controllerConnexion au régulateur d’humidité externeSignal Jumper Pos.0 ... 10 VDC ** –––2 ... 10 VDC SP0 ... 20 mA mA4 ... 20 mAPotentiometer/Potentiometer/Potentiomètre 1kΩ ... 10 kΩ

–––SPmASP + mA–––

Hygrostat/Humidistat/Hygrostat (On/Off) 2P** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine

Manufacturer:Walter Meier (Climate International) Ltd.Talstr. 35-37, P.O. Box, CH-8808 Pfäffikon (Switzerland)Phone +41 55 416 61 11, Fax +41 55 416 62 62www.waltermeier.com, [email protected] Reg.No. 40002-2

Jumper positionsPos with Jumper without JumperFi Mains supply with

ground fault circuit interrupter

Mains without ground fault circuit interrupter **

DRN Increased drain operation factor

Regular drain operation factor **

CDY Low water conductivity Normal water conductivity **

DSP Disposable steam cylinder **

Cleanable steam cylinder

K Fault No. 4 “steam cylinder maintenance due”: Warning only

Fault No. 4 “steam cylinder maintenance due”: the unit triggers an error 72 h after the warning occured **

L Fault No. 3 “Fill time”: warning after 20 min-utes and error after 240 minutes filling time exceedence **

Fault No. 3 “Fill time”: the unit directly triggers an error after exceeding the filling time by more than 240 minutes

Z, N no function (spare)** Factory setting

Positions des JumpersPos avec Jumper sans JumperFi Réseau avec

interrupteur différentielRéseau sans interrup-teur différentiel **

DRN Elévation du taux de vidange

Taux de vidange regulaire **

CDY Conductibilité basse de l’eau

Conductibilité normal de l’eau **

DSP Cylindre disposable **

Cylindre nettoyable

K Dérangement no 4 “Maintenance cylindre à vapeur échue”: uniquement affichage avertissement

Dérangement no 4 “Maintenance cylindre à vapeur échue”: 72 h après avertissement, appareil commute sur erreur **

L Dérangement no 3 “Remplissage”: aver-tissement après 20 min. et erreur après 240 min. de dépasse-ment de remplissage **

Dérangement no 3 “Remplissage”: Après 240 min. de dépasse-ment de remplissage, l’appareil commute sur erreur

Z, N pas de fonction (réserve)** Réglage de l’usine

1 di 2 WCR- D-Rev.1/10

CONDENSER WCR-D SERIES

DRAWING CODE TYPE NR x FAN CODE DIMENSIONS A B C D B1 C1 D1 F ∅1-2 WCRFI00020 63641133 KLDR2 1 x MOTVE00028 1070 755 790 850 335 450 1155 1190 22-18 WCRFI00018 63641134 KLDR3 1 x MOTVE00036 1295 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 1415 28-22 WCRFI00021 63641135 KLDR4 2 x MOTVE00028 1295 1085 1120 1093 425 540 1615 1420 35-28 WCRFI00019 63641136 KLDR5 2 x MOTVE00036 1995 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 2130 35-28 WCRFI00022 63641137 KLDR6 2 x MOTVE00036 2545 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 2680 35-28 WCRFI00025 63641150 KLDR7N 3 x MOTVE00261 3645 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 3780 42-35

ANTONIO SEVESO S.p.A. 22078 Turate (Como) - ITALIA VIA Puecher, 24 Tel. (0039) 0296489066 Fax (0039) 029688378

HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION - VERTICAL INSTALLATION

WCR-D

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

2 di 2 WCR- D-Rev.1/10

MODEL MOTVE00028 P1 0,64 kW I 3,0 A n 1220 min-1

MODEL MOTVE00036 P1 0,67 kW I 3,3 A n 890 min-1

MODEL MOTVE00261 P1 0,6 kW I 2,62 A n 860 min−¹ Single phase motor with capacitor, fitted with termocontact protection. Rotation is reversed by changing the connection of auxiliary winding.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

BEFORE INSTALLATION

PLEASE VERIFY THAT THE COIL IS UNDER PRESSION BEFORE INSTALLATION THE CONDENSERS ARE ALWAYS DELIVERED UNDER PRESSURE, THAN YOU CAN EASLY VERIFY THE TIGHTNESS OF CIRCUITS IMMEDIATLY BEFORE THE INSTALLATION. PRIOR WELDING OPERATION UPLOAD PRESSURE. EMPLOY ONLY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. VERIFY THAT THE ELECTRICAL IMPUT NETWORK IS RIGHT FOR THE FANVENTILATOR CARACHTERISTICS VERIFY THE ROTATION OF FANVENTILATOR IN CASE OF INSTALLATION IN CLOSE ROOM, TAKE CARE ABOUT A RIGHT AIR CIRCULATION

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

PERIODICALLY VERIFY THE SCREWING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS IN CASE OF INACTIVITY OF THE SYSTEM WE SUGGEST TO PUT IN FUNCTION ANYWAY THE FANVENTILATOR FOR 2 ÷3 HOURS EVERY MONTH CLEAN UP THE COIL PERIODICALLY IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TYPE AND QUANTITY OF DIRT The cleaning would be made by : - opposed steam flushing to the air flow - opposed water flushing to the air flow - non-aggressive detergentes for coil material (Cu-Al-galvanized steel-epossidic painting) - brushing the fins on air inlet side TAKE CARE : DO NOT USE WIRE BRUSH

HG Mini

type HGMinitype HGMini-i

Room Hygrostat type HGMini-Schnapp

measuring range 30..100%rh

ApplicationThe hygrostat type HG Mini is an on-off controller to control therelative air humidity. It is used to control air humidifiers anddehumidifiers in offices and computer rooms. Other areas ofuse are storage of foodstuffs and luxury foods, cooling roomsfor fruit and vegetables, greenhouses for gardening use, thetextile industry, the paper and printing industry, the film industryand hospitals The hygrostat HG Mini is suitable for manyapplications where air humidity has to be controlled or moni-tored.The room hygrostat HG Mini-i is designed so that the controlknob is inside the housing. This makes unauthorizedmanipulation by third parties more difficult.The room hygrostat HG Mini Schnapp is additionally equippedwith an adapter plate which permits snap-on installation on a 35mm top-hat rail in accordance with DIN 43604.

Technical Datameasuring range ............................................... 30...100%rhmeasuring accuracy ...................................................... ±3.0%rhworking range .......................................................... 35...100%rhswitching difference (microswitch) ref. to 50%rh ... 4%rh approx.max voltage .................................................................... 250 V AC !!Attention: 250 V only if it is ensured that no condensate

can form in the sensor head, because voltage flashovermust otherwise be expected.

breaking capacity, maximum loadohmic load .................. 5A 230V AC (lifetime 10,000 cycles)max load "humidify" .............................................. 2A

"dehumidify" .......................................... 5Ainductive load cos ϕ = 0.8 ............................ 0.2A 230V ACinductive load* L/R=3ms .............................1A to 50V DC

.................................. 0.5 to 75V DCelectric bulb load ....................................... 0.2A to 50V DC

breaking capacity, minimum load ............100mA, 20VDC / ACallowable ambient temperature .................................... 0...60°Cmedium temp. coefficient ............. -0.2%/K rel. to 20°C and 50%rhallowable air speed ....................................................... 15m/sect50 at v=2m/sec ....................................................................1.2minfixing .............................................................. slots in housing basemounting position ........................ preferably ventilation slots at

. right-angles to wind directioncontacting ................................. connecting terminal in the caseelectromagnetic compatibility EMC

immunity ..................................................... ref. EN 50 082-2emission ..................................................... ref. EN 50 081-2

case .......................................................... solid plastic, light greydimensions ..........................................................85 x 55 x 36mmprotective system .................................................................. IP20weight ............................................................................ ca 0.06 kg"subject to technical modifications"*check for suitability!

Description of the hygrostatThe humidity measuring element which is manufactu-red by Galltec® under the name "Polyga®", consists ofseveral plastic fabric bands each with 90 individualfibres with a diameter of 0.003 mm each.The fibres areprovided with hygroscopic characteristics by a specialprocess. The measuring element absorbs and des-orbs moisture. The effect, swelling predominantly inlongitudinal direction, is supplied to a microswitch withan extremely low switching travel via a suitable leversystem. The measuring element reponds rapidly andprecisley to the change in air humidity. It is possible toadjust the lever system by setting the setpoint knob sothat the microswitch is actuated when the set airhumidity is reached.The hard-shaped measuring element isaccomodated inside the housing and must beprotected against coarse dust, dirt and water. Thesensors are designed for pressureless systems. Theinstallation location must be selected so thatcondensed water cannot enter the inside of thehousing. Any installation position is possible,preferably with ventilation slots at right-angles to winddirection.

Type switching

1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification

1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification knop inside the housing

1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification with snap-on installation

HG Mini

HG Mini-i

HG MiniSchnapp

42042017

42042018

42042019

Item No.

Type Survey

GallGallGallGallGalltectectectectec Mess- und Regeltechnik GmbH MELAMELAMELAMELAMELA Sensortechnik GmbHD-71145 Bondorf . Germany D-07987 Mohlsdorf (Thüringen) . GermanyTel. +49 (0)7457-9453-0 . Fax +49 (0)7457-3758 Tel. +49(0)3661-62704-0 . Fax +49(0)3661-62704-20E-Mail: [email protected] . Internet:www.galltec.de E-mail:[email protected] . Internet: www.melasensor.de

This information is based on current knowledge and is intended to provide details of our products and their possible applications. It does not, therefore, act as a guarantee of specific propertiesof the products described or of their suitability for a particular application. It is our experience that the equipment may be used across a broad spectrum of applications under the most variedconditions and loads. We cannot appraise every individual case. Purchasers and/or users are responsible for checking the equipment for suitability for any particular application. Any existingindustrial rights of protection must be observed. The perfect quality of our products is guaranteed under our General Conditions of Sale. Issue : December 2001 valid until 31.12.2006 HGMini_E.Subject to modifications, current version available at www.galltec.de. This issue supersedes all previous technical leaflets.

Dimension diagram

Fx rel. hum. of the air (actual value)Fw humidity adjusted on the knob (set value).

If the rel.hum.Fx falls below the setpoint value Fw,the contact 1/4 opens and the contact 1/2 closes.

Circuit diagram

Mounting

The hygrostat must not be exposed to any direct watercontact, e.g. splash water when cleaning the air-conditio-ned room etc.The place of installation must be selected so that a repre-sentative air humidity measurement is guaranteed, i.e. themeasured humidity values at the place of installationshould correspond to those of the room as far as possible.If possible, the hygrostat should be located in the air flow.

>

>

>

It is thus of extreme importance that the temperature isconstant for measurements of the relative air humidity.The air must be homogenous, e.g. possess constanthumidity and temperature for the whole duration of themeasurement.

HGMini_E page 2

Fx

ca 5%rh

ON

OFF

Set value adjusting knob

1

<

Fx>Fw Fx<Fw

230VAC 5A

4 2HGMini

The measurement location of the humidity controller should beselected such that there is no build-up of condensate on or in thedevice. This applies particularly for operation with a voltagehigher than 48V. If the voltage is higher, there is a risk of voltagearcing in the event of water condensation on the microswitch orconnecting terminals which might destroy the controller. In thecase of voltage below 48V, the humidity controller can be usedup to 100%RH.The humidity controller should not be used in aggressive media.

Influence of the relative air humidityfor a temperature fluctuation of ±1°C referred to various roomtemperatures.

MaintenanceIn case of clean air the measuring element is mainten-ance-free. But aggressive and solvent containingagents as per their type and concentration may causefaulty measurements. Water repellent protective filmforming deposits on the sensor, like resin aerosols,lacquer aerosols, fumigant substances etc. are harmfulto almost all types of humidity sensors.

ATTENTION: No warranty will be guaranteed when innerparts of the device have been handled.

4,540

60 80

100

% r.F.

70

90

50

30

68

39

30

40

50

6070

80

90

100

% r.F.

85

5536

10%rh

50%rh

90%rh

10°C

±0,7%rh

±3,5%rh

±6,3%rh

20°C

±0,6%rh

±3,2%rh

±5,7%rh

30°C

±0,6%rh

±3,0%rh

±5,4%rh

50°C

±0,5%rh

±2,6%rh

±4,6%rh

DocumentNr.:A6.5.072/2 ReplacementforA6.5.072/1 Date:01.03.2004 PCN:864752

ALCOCONTROLSEmersonElectricGmbH&CoOHGHeerstr.111-D71332Waiblingen

Tel.:07151509-0-Fax.:-200www.alco-controls.com–[email protected]

OperatingInstructions

UniversalDriverModuleEXD-U00forElectronicValvesEX5…EX8

GB

EXD-U00UniversalDriverModuleisfordrivingALCOsteppermotordrivenelectronicvalvesseriesEXV-5,-6,-7,-8.

! Safetyinstructions:•Readoperating instruction thoroughly.Failure to comply can result in

devicefailure,systemdamageorpersonalinjury.•Itisintendedforusebypersonshavingtheappropriateknowledgeand

skill.•Switchoffallvoltages/currentsbeforecabling.•Complywithlocalelectricalregulationswhenwiring•Donotoperatesystembeforeallcableconnectionsarecompleted.•Donotapply110/220/230VtoanyterminalofdrivermoduleInstallationandwiring•Installelectronicvalveinsystemperoperatinginstructionsofvalve.Forhot

gasbypassapplication,installthevalveasfaraspossiblefromdischargevalveof compressor. Inlet gas temperature to the valve should not exceed 80°C.ContactALCOforhighertemperaturesthan80°C.

Warning:Installvalvewithelectricalconnectorindownwardposition.•InstallDriverModuleandotherexternalelectronicdeviceswhichneedtobe

connectedtodriver.•Set-upallwireconnectionsasshowninwiringdiagram.•Keepseparatethewiresforpowersupply,steppermotorofvalveandsignal.•Recommendedwirecrosssectionbetween0.5mm2and2.5mm2.

SettingUniversaldriverneedsnosettingexceptconfigurationbymeansofdipswitchesforapplicationofdifferentvalve,differentanalogueinputsignalandtypeofstartmode.

Function DipSwitchNumber 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8EX5/EX6 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF - -EX7 ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON - -EX8 ON ON OFF ON ON ON - -4-20mAAnalogueinputsignal

- - - - - - - OFF

0-10VAnalogueinputsignal

- - - - - - - ON

Withstartmode

- - - - - - ON -

Withoutstartmode

- - - - - - OFF -

Start-upprocedure:•Donotapplyvoltagetothedriverbeforecompletionofwiringandsettingof

dipswitches.•Do not operate the driver and valve when the system is under vacuum or

withoutrefrigerantexceptforclosingvalvebeforechargingofsystem.•Vacuumtheentiresystem.

•Warning:Thevalvesaredeliveredathalfopenposition.Donotchargesystembefore closure of valve in case of expansion valve and hot gas bypassapplication.

•Applysupplyvoltagetodrivermoduleforthefollowingtimeswithoutapplyingdigitalinputsignal24VtoterminalsofEXD-U00:

Valve Time,secondsEX5/EX6 Min:2Max:30EX7/EX8 Min:6Max:30

•Afterclosureofvalve,interruptpowersupplytodrivermoduleandchargethesystemwithrefrigerant.

•Startthesystemandcheckoperatingconditions.Technicaldata,powersupply:•Mainsupplyvoltage:24VAC/DC(+10%,-15%),50-60Hz.Powersupplyline

todrivertobeprotectedby1.0Aexternalfuse.•UseasafetyclassIItransformer.Minimumpowerrequired20VA.•EmergencysupplyvoltageUb(fromECP-024):+18Vdc.Inputs:•1 analogue input 4-20mA, Burden 364 Ω, or 1 analogue input 0-10V,

impedance27kΩ.•1Digitalinput:24VAC/DC(+10%,-15%),50-60Hz.Output:•4current-outputsforsteppermotorofEX5/EX6/EX7/EX8.

Nominalcurrent:0.5AforEX5/EX6,0.75AforEX7and0.8AforEX8. Maximumcablelength:6meterAWG20/22.

UninterruptiblepowersupplyECP-024•Powersupplyvoltage:24VAC±10%•Poweroutputs:Two,each+18VDCWiringDiagram

Universal Driver moduleEXD-U024PCN: Rev.:

EX5/EX 6/EX7/EX8

DigitalSignal

24VAC/DC

UB 24VAC/DC

21 3 4 5 6 7 8

Dip-switches 4/20

mA

0-10

V

AnalogueSignal

Power management unitECP-024PCN: 804 558 Rev.:

Driver I Driver IPower output UB

Power input24 VAC

Transformer

Powersupply

24V

Fuse

Universal Driver moduleEXD-U024PCN: Rev.:

EX5/EX6/EX7/EX8UB 24VAC/DC

21 3 4 5 6 7 8

Dip-switches 4/20

mA

0-10

V

AnalogueSignal

EX5/EX6ElectricalconnectionEX5-Nxx

EX7/EX8Electricalplugconnection

Brow

n

White

Blue

Black

Inputanaloguesignal4-20mAor0-10V

Inputdigitalsignal0V=OFF24V=ON

Controllersupplies4-20mAor0-10V

DigitalSignal

24VAC/DC

optional

1.0A

1.0A

EX8 EX7

EX6 EX5

Ground

ALTR 1 including strap ALTR 3 including strap ALTR 5 including strap ALTR 7 including strap

Surface-contacting temperature controllers

KTR including mounting flange

Duct temperature controllers one- and two-step

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, MOUNTING & INSTALLATION

S+S REGELTECHNIK GMBH KLINGENHOFSTRASSE 11 90411 NUREMBERG ⁄ GERMANY

PHONE +49 (0) 911 ⁄ 5 19 47- 0 FAX +49 (0) 911 ⁄ 5 19 47- 70

[email protected] www.SplusS.de

S+S stands for reliable control technology resulting from certified development and production while employing high-quality materials.

Our products combine easy mounting & installation and precision you feel with long service life in the patented original design.

Guaranteed made in Germany!

PRECISION YOU FEEL. THE ORIGINAL. MADE IN GERMANY.

Congratulations!

You have bought a German

quality product.

MADE

IN

GERMANY

1

THERMASREG® KTR incl. mounting flangeDuct temperature controllers, one-step and two-step EC type-tested, TÜV tested

APPLICATION:Temperature control and temperature limiting feature for heat generation plants. Used for monitoring liquid and gaseous media in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning technology as well as in me-chanical and apparatus engineering.

TECHNICAL DATA:

Switching capacity: ......................... 24 … 250 V AC + 10 %, 10 A, cos ϕ = 1.0 (Contact load) 24 … 250 V AC + 10 %, 1.5 A, cos ϕ = 0.6 at 24 V AC min. 150 mA

Contact: ............................................ dustproof switch block unit as potential-free single-pole or two-pole changeover contact

Enclosure: ........................................ plastic, material polyamide, 30 % glass-globe-reinforced, with quick-locking screws, colour pure white (similar RAL 9010)

Dimensions: ..................................... 108 x 72.5 x 70 mm

Functional principle: ........................ torsion meter with liquid filling

Mounting position: .......................... arbitrary

Cable union:...................................... M 20, including strain relief

Ambient temperature: ................... - 10 °C ...+ 65 °C at the switch block enclosure

Tolerance: ......................................... Tmin ± 5 K; Tmax ± 3 K

Medium controlled: ......................... air

Inserted length: ............................... ca. 205 mm (with flange) ca. 184 mm (without flange)

Process connection: ....................... by mounting flange (included in the scope of delivery)

Electrical connection: .................... 0.14 - 2.5 mm2 via terminal screws

Protection class: ............................. I (according to EN 60 730)

Protection type: .............................. IP 65 (according to EN 60529)

Standards: ....................................... CE conformity, EMC directive 89 ⁄ 336 ⁄ EWG, low-voltage directive 73 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EWG

Tests: ................................................ EC type test (module B) according to directive 97 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EG, certificate No.: IS -TAF - MUC 08 02 100248356 001, DIN EN 14597: 2005 -12, register Nos.: TW 120008, TR 119908, STB 120108, TR ⁄ STB 120208

FUNCTION:

TR, STW: .......................................... Contact 2 - 3 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value.

STB:................................................... Contact 2 - 1 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value. Restart is only possible after cooling off by ca. 15 K - 20 K by pressing the reset button.

Connecting diagram KTR STB + TR (two-step)

Connecting diagram KTR TR, TW (one-step)

Connecting diagram KTR TW+TW (two-step)

Connecting diagram KTR STB (one-step)

2

Dimensional drawing KTR TW (one-step)

KTR - 060 - U KTR - 090 - U

(one-step) TW

Registernr.: TW 120008

Dimensional drawing KTR TW + TW (two-step)

KTR - 090090 - U

(two-step) TW + TW

Registernr.: TW 120008

3

Dimensional drawing KTR TR (one-step)

KTR -1 KTR - 060 KTR - 090 KTR - 0120 KTR - 50140

(one-step) TR

Registernr.: TR 119908

Dimensional drawing KTR TR + STB (two-step)

KTR - 060 R 85 KTR - 090 R 110

(two-step) TR + STB

Registernr.: TR ⁄ STB 120208

4

Dimensional drawing KTR STB (one-step)

KTR -R 6585 KTR - R 90110

(one-step) STB

Registernr.: STB 120108

Dimensional drawing MF -14 - K MF -14 - K

Mounting flange, plastic

5

THERMASREG® KTR incl. mounting flangeDuct temperature controllers, one-step and two-step EC type-tested, TÜV tested

Thermal Maximum Temperature Operating Difference Capillary Typ ⁄ WG2 Range (fixed) ca. Temperature Function

KTR (one-step) 1. – 1. –

KTR -1 - 35 °C …+35 °C 3 K +75 °C TR

KTR - 060 0 °C …+60 °C 3 K +75 °C TR

KTR - 060 - U 0 °C …+60 °C 3 K +75 °C TW

KTR - 090 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K +120 °C TR

KTR - 090 - U 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K +120 °C TW

KTR - 0120 0 °C …+120 °C 5 K +135 °C TR

KTR - 50140 +50 °C …+140 °C 5 K +150 °C TR

KTR - R 6585 +65 °C …+85 °C +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C STB

KTR - R 90 110 +90 °C …+110 °C +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C STB

KTR (two-step) 1. 2. 1. 2.

KTR - 090090 - U 0 °C …+90 °C 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K 3K +120 °C TW + TW

KTR - 060 R 85 0 °C …+60 °C +65 °C …+85 °C 3 K +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C TR + STB

KTR - 090 R110 0 °C …+90 °C +90 °C …+110 °C 3 K +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +135 °C TR + STB

Optional: U = Internal setting, unless included in a certain type ⁄ 2 = 2 steps, unless included in a certain type STW = Safety temperature monitor (internal setting)

Features: FT = Manual reset when temperature drops ST = Manual reset when temperature rises TR = Temperature controller (external setting) TB = Temperature limiter (internal setting)) TW = Temperature monitor (internal setting) STB = Safety temperature limiter (internal setting), form outside switchpoint confirmation with restart interlock, restart by reset button ca. 15 … 20 K below switching temperature (+0 K ⁄ -15 … 20 K

6

THERMASREG® ALTR 1 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 3 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 5 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 7 including strapSurface-contacting temperature controllers

Dimensional drawing ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7

APPLICATION:For monitoring, controlling, and limiting of temperatures at piping or vessels or in connection with hot-water and floor heating systems.

TECHNICAL DATA:Switching capacity: ......................... 24… 250 V AC + 10 %, 16 A, cos ϕ = 1.0

24… 250 V AC + 10 %, 1,5 A, cos ϕ = 0.6 (Contact load) at 24 V AC min. 150 mA

Contact: ............................................ dustproof switch block unit as potential-free single-pole changeover contact

Max. sensor temperature: ............. see table

Enclosure: ........................................ plastic, material polyamide, 30 % glass-globe-reinforced, with quick-locking screws, colour pure white (similar RAL 9010)

Dimensions: ..................................... 108 x 72.5 x 70 mm

Cable union:...................................... M 20, including strain relief

Enclosure temperature: ................. - 35 °C ...+ 65 °C

Functional principle: ....................... Tmin ± 5 K, Tmax ± 5 K

Sensor element: ............................. torsion meter with liquid filling

Process connection: ....................... endless strap in metal tightener (included in the scope of delivery)

Strap dimensions: ........................... Ø = 13 - 92 mm (1 ⁄ 4 - 3”), L = 300 mm

Electrical connection: .................... 0.14 - 2.5 mm2 via terminal screws

Protection class: ............................. I (according to EN 60 730)

Protection type: .............................. IP 65 (according to EN 60529)

Standards: ....................................... CE conformity, EMC directive 89 ⁄ 336 ⁄ EWG, low-voltage directive 73 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EWG

FUNCTION:Heating : ........................................... The preset setpoint (scale value) is equivalent to the switch-off

value of the heating. The switch-on value is lower by the amount of operating difference. Contact 2 - 3 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value.

Cooling: ............................................. The preset setpoint (scale value) is equivalent to the switch-on value of the cooling. The switch-off value is lower by the amount of operating difference. Contact 1- 2 closes when temperature rises to the preset value.

Connecting diagram ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7

ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7

ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 U

Typ ⁄ WG2 Temperature Thermal operating Max. capillary Features range difference (fixed) ca. temperature

ALTR -1 - 35 °C …+ 35 °C 5 ± 1 K + 60 °C External setting, TR

ALTR - 3 0 °C …+ 60 °C 5 ± 1 K + 75 °C External setting, TR

ALTR - 5 0 °C …+ 90 °C 5 ± 1 K +120 °C External setting, TR

ALTR - 7 0 °C …+ 120 °C 5 ± 1 K +130 °C External setting, TR

Options: U = Internal setting, e.g. ALTR -1U

7

General notes

General notesOur “General Terms and Conditions for Business“ together with the “General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry“ (ZVEI conditions) including supplementary clause “Extended Retention of Title“ apply as the exclusive terms and conditions. This device shall only be used for its intended purpose. Respective safety regulations issued by the VDE, the states, their control authorities, the TÜV and the local energy supply company must be observed. The purchaser has to adhere to the building and safety regulations and has to prevent perils of any kind.No warranties or liabilities will be assumed for defects and damages arising from improper use of this device.Consequential damages caused by a fault in this device are excluded from warranty or liability.These devices must be installed by authorised specialists only.The technical data and connecting conditions of the mounting and operating instructions delivered together with the device are exclu-sively valid. Deviations from the catalogue representation are not explicitly mentioned and are possible in terms of technical progress and continuous improvement of our products.In case of any modifications made by the user, all warranty claims are forfeited.This device must not be installed close to heat sources (e.g. radiators) or be exposed to their heat flow. Direct sun irradiation or heat irradiation by similar sources (powerful lamps, halogen spotlights) must absolutely be avoided.Prevent these devices from exposure to direct influence of water, e.g. splash water. If this device is operated beyond the specified range, all warranty claims are forfeited. This device must not be used for monitoring applications, which solely serve the purpose of protecting persons against hazards or injury, or as an EMERGENCY STOP switch for systems or machinery, or for any other similar safety-relevant purposes.Dimensions of enclosures or enclosure accessories may show slight tolerances on the specifications provided in these instructions.Modifications of these records are not permitted.In case of a complaint, only complete devices returned in original packing will be accepted.This device can be mounted in any position. To do the wiring (electrical connection), the turning knob and the two screws attached at the cover are removed. For wall mounting or mounting on other surfaces, use the screws delivered together with the device. On devices with adjustable operating difference, the same is preset to the desired temperature by a separate adjusting thumb wheel or lever at the clamp block.

Installation scheme TH

INFORMATION FOR PLANNING AND INSTALLATION

Permissible approach velocities (flow rates) for crosswise approached protective tubes in water.

The protective tube is caused to vibrate by the approaching flow.

If the specified approach velocity is exceeded even by a marginal amount, a negative influence on the lifetime of the protective tube may result (material fatigue).

Please observe the permissible approach velocities for stainless steel protective tubes (see diagram TH-VA) as well as for brass protective tubes (see diagramTH-ms).

Gas discharges and pressure surge must be avoided as such have negative influence on lifetime or damage protective tubes.

LENGTH OF STAINLESS STEEL PROTECTIvE TUBE (mm)

FLO

W v

ELO

CIT

Y

(m/s

)

LENGTH OF BRASS PROTECTIvE TUBE (mm)

1202

XI ⁄

08

© Copyright by S+S Regeltechnik GmbH · Reprints, in part or in total, are only permitted with the approval of S+S Regeltechnik GmbH.

8

Document Nr.: EC3-X33_65126_EN_R05.doc Replacement for R04 1 / 4 17.03.2008

EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 Superheat Controller and ECD-002 Keypad / Display Unit

Operating Instructions GB

Description EC3-X33/X53 are universal superheat controllers in conjunction with Alco Electrical Control Valves EX4...EX8. EC3-X53 is the version without internal rechargeable battery.

! Safety instructions: • Read installation instructions thoroughly. Failure to comply can result in

device failure, system damage or personal injury. • The product is intended for use by persons having the appropriate

knowledge and skills. • Disconnect all voltages from system before installation. • Do not operate system before all cable connections are completed. • Comply with local electrical regulations when wiring. Note: The EC3-X33 series contains a lead, acid gel rechargeable battery. The battery must NOT be disposed of with other commercial waste. Instead, it is the user’s responsibility to pass it to a designated collection point for the safe recycling of batteries (harmonised directive 98/101/EEC). For further information contact your local environmental recycling centre.

Technical data

Power supply 24VAC ±10%; 50/60Hz; 1A Power consumption 25VA max. including EX4 … EX8 Plug-in connector Removable screw terminals

wire size 0.14 … 1.5 mm2 Grounding 6.3 mm spade earth connector Protection class IP20 Connection to ECD-002 ECC-Nxx or CAT5 cable with RJ45 connectors Digital Inputs 0/24VAC/DC for stop/start function NTC input Alco Controls temperature sensor ECN-N60 4-20 mA Analog input Alco Controls PT4-07S / PT4-18S / PT4-30S 4-20 mA Analog output For connection to any 3rd party controller with

12/24VDC power supply and appropriate burden Output alarm relay SPDT contacts 24V AC/DC, 2 Amp inductive load Activated: During normal operation (no alarm condition) Deactivated: During alarm condition or power supply is OFF Stepper motor output for EX4…EX8

Maximum current 0.8A with nominal 24VDC operating voltage

Mounting The EC3-X33/X53 is designed to be mounted onto a standard DIN rail.

Electrical installation • Refer to the electrical wiring diagram for electrical connections. • Do not apply voltage to the controller before completion of wiring. • Ground the metal housing with a 6.3mm spade connector. • Important: Keep controller and sensor wiring well separated from mains wiring.

Minimum recommended distance 30mm. Warning: Use a class II category transformer for 24VAC power supply. Do not ground the 24VAC lines. We recommend to use individual transformers for EC3 controller(s) and for 3rd party controllers to avoid possible interference or grounding problems in the power supply. Connecting any EC3 inputs to mains voltage will permanently damage the EC3. Digital input status is dependant to operation of compressor/thermostat Commander Operating condition Digital input

Compressor starts Closed / 24V (Start) Compressor Compressor stops Open / 0V (Stop) Demand (compressor must be ON) Closed / 24V (Start) Thermostat No demand Open / 0V (Stop)

Wiring

A: White wire B: Black wire C: Blue wire D: Brown wire E: Plug cable assembly EX5-Nxx for connection to

EX4/EX5/EX6/EX7/EX8(new) F: PG/DIN plug for connection to EX8 (prior to March 2008 production) G: Remote control panel, system controller H: Alarm relay, dry contact. Relay coil is not energised at Alarm or power off I: Digital input (0V/open = Stop; 24V/closed = Start) J: Transformer Class II, 24VAC secondary / 25VA K: Third party controller (can use the analog output signal from EC3)

Preparation for Start-up: • Vacuum the entire refrigeration circuit.

Warning: Alco Electrical Control Valves EX4...EX8 are delivered at half open position. Do not charge system before closure of valve.

• Apply supply voltage 24V to EC3 while the digital input is 0V. The valve will be driven to close position.

• After closure of valve, start to charge the system with refrigerant. Warning: EC3 needs to be setup prior to start-up. Do not apply 24V digital input to EC3 before completion of main parameters setting.

• Connect ECD-002 to EC3 as shown in wiring diagram with ECC-Nxx cable or with any standard straight Cat5 cable with two RJ45 plugs.




ECD-002 display/keypad unit (LEDs and button functions)

Setup of main parameters (need to be checked/modified before start-up) using ECD-002 • Make sure that digital input is 0V (open). Turn the power supply ON. Important: Three main parameters i.e. refrigerant type (u0), pressure sensor type (uP) and valve type (ut) can be set only when digital input is open (0V) while the power supply is ON (24V). This feature is for added safety to prevent accidental damage of compressors and other system components. • For easy setting of main parameters, follow the pictorial procedure of “Quick

start-up” on the attached individual paper. Once the main parameters have been selected/saved the EC3 is ready for startup. All other parameters can be modified at any time during operation or standby if it is necessary.

Start-up Start the system and check the superheat and operating conditions. The EC3-X33/53 is fully functional without keypad/display unit. ECD-002 may be removed or connected at any time.

Procedure for parameters modification using ECD-002 The parameters can be accessed via the 4-button keypad. The configuration parameters are protected by a numerical password. The default password is “12”. To select the parameter configuration:

Press the PRG button for more than 5 seconds A flashing 0 is displayed Press or until 12 is displayed; (password) Press SEL to confirm password Press or to show the code of the parameter that has to be changed; Press SEL to display the selected parameter value; Press or to increase or decrease the value; Press SEL to temporarily confirm the new value and display its code; Repeat the procedure from the beginning "press or to show..."

To exit and save the new settings: Press PRG to confirm the new values and exit the parameters modification procedure.

To exit without modifying any parameters: Do not press any button for at least 60 seconds (TIME OUT).

Reset all parameters to factory setting: • Make shure that digital input is 0V (open). • Press and together for more than 5 seconds. • A flashing 0 is displayed. • Press or until the password is displayed (Factory setting = 12). If password was changed, select the new password. • Press SEL to confirm password • “0” is displayed. • Press SEL to reset all parameters to factory setting • Press PRG to activate the function and leave the special function mode.

Control (valve) start-up behaviour (Parameter uu and u9)

EX4/5/6 ≤ 1.5 seconds EX7 ≤ 3.2 seconds EX8 ≤ 5.2 seconds

Main parameters (must be checked and modified if necessary) Code Parameter description and choices Min Max Factory

setting Field

settingH5 Password 1 199 12 u0 System refrigerant 0 7 1

0 = R22 1 = R134a 2 = R507 3 = R404A 4 = R407C 5 = R410A 6 = R124 7 = R744 (subcritical application)

uP Installed pressure sensor type 0 1 0 0 = PT4-07S (for R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124)

1 = PT4-18S (for R410A) 2 = PT4-30S (for R744, subcritical)

ut Installed valve type 1 5 5 1 = EX4 2 = EX5 3 = EX6 4 = EX7 5 = EX8

Optional parameters (recommended factory setting for majority of applications)

uu Start valve opening (%) 10 100 50 u9 Start opening duration (second) 1 30 5 uL Low superheat alarm function 0 2 1

0 = disable (for flooded evaporator) 1 = enable auto reset 2 = enable manual reset Cut-out at 0.5K (if it maintains 1 min.); Cut-in immediately at 3K

u5 Superheat set-point (K) If uL enabled (auto or manual) If uL disabled

3

0.5

30 30

6 6

u2 MOP function 0 1 1 0 = disable 1 = enable

u3 MOP set-point (°C) saturation temperature * * X Factory setting is according to selected refrigerant (u0):

+13°C for R22 +15°C for R134a +7°C for R507 +7°C for R404A +15°C for R407C +15°C for R410A +50°C for R124 -5°C for R744

5 Units conversion (only for u3, u5, 1) 0 1 0 0 = °C, K, bar 1 = °F, R, psig

(Psig values are divided by 10. Example: Display 12.5 is 125 psig)

Value to show 0 4 0 1 0 = Measured superheat (K) 1 = Measured evaporating pressure, (bar);2 = Valve opening (%) 3 = Measured coil-out temperature (°C) 4 = Calculated evaporating temperature (°C) from the pressure

u4 Superheat control mode 0 = Standard, 1 = Slow

0 1 0

b1 Battery error management, when battery is defective (EC3-X33 only), see below:

0 3 2

value

Alarm display

Alarm relay

Valve

Reset possibility after

recovery/replacement

0 - - Regulating - 1 Ab - Regulating - 2 Ab Signalling Fully close Auto 3 Ab

(blinking) Signalling Fully close Manual

*) Min. and Max. setting values are dependant to selected type of refrigerant.

Mounting of ECD-002 ECD-002 can be installed at any time also during operation. • ECD-002 can be mounted in panels with 71x29

mm cutout • Push controller into panel cut-out.(1) • Make sure that mounting lugs are flush with

outside of controller housing • Insert allen key into front panel holes and turn

clockwise. Mounting lugs will turn and gradually move towards panel (2)

• Turn allen key until mounting lug barely touches panel. Then move other mounting lug to the same position (3)

• Tighten both sides very carefully until keypad is secured. Do not over tighten as mounting lugs will break easily.

Sec.

uu

u9

%

EC3

-X3

BA.c

dr

Blinking: valve is closing ON: valve is fully close

Blinking: valve is opening ON: valve is fully open

ON: demand OFF: no demand

ON: alarm OFF: no alarm

Parameters setting/saving

Selecting/confirming

Next parameter/ value (higher)

Next parameter/ value (lower)Prg & Sel (5 sec)

Manual reset for blinking alarm codes




Error/Alarm handling Alarm code

Description Related parameter

Alarm relay

Valve What to do? Requires manual reset after resolving alarm

E0 Pressure transmitter error

- Signalling Fully close Check wiring connection and measure the signal 4 to 20 mA No

E1 Temperature sensor error

- Signalling Fully close Check wiring connection and measure the resistance of sensor No

AΠ EX4…EX8 electrical connection error

- Signalling - Check wiring connection and measure the resistance of winding No

AL uL: 1 Signalling Fully close No AL blinking

Low superheat (<0,5K) uL: 2 Signalling Fully close

Check wiring connection and operation of valve Yes

Ab

b1: 1 - Regulating -

Ab

b1: 2 Signalling Fully close -

Ab blinking

Battery error

b1: 3 Signalling Fully close

Battery potentially does not have enough charge to close valve in case of main power supply interruption. May occur temporarily with new controllers or after long storage but should disappear when battery is charged sufficiently. If Ab remains active even when battery is charged, battery may be defective and should be replaced. (Replacement kit: 807 790).

Yes

Er Data error display - out of range

- - - Data send to the display is out of range. Check temperature and pressure sensor.

No

Note: When multiple alarms occur, the highest priority alarm is displayed until being cleared, then the next highest alarm is displayed until all alarms are cleared. Only then will parameters be shown again.

Message --- No data to display

The display will show an “---” at start up and when no data is send to ECD-002

Checking system operating conditions The data to be permanently shown on the display can be selected by the user (parameter 1). It is possible to temporarily display other values. However this function is not available in an alarm condition. The display will show for one

second the numerical identifier of the data (see 1 parameter) and then the selected data. After 5 minutes, the display will return to the value selected by parameter 1.

Service / Troubleshooting Symptom Cause Action

Operating superheat is several degrees higher or lower than set-point

Incorrect signal from pressure or temperature sensors

1- Check the sensors 2- Make sure ECN-N60 temperature sensor is used 3- For optimum accuracy, please use: PT4-07S for R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124 PT4-18S for R410A PT4-30S for R744 4- Make sure the sensor cables are not installed along with other

high voltage cables Operating superheat is too low i.e. compressor wet running 1- Incorrect wiring of ECVs

2- Defective sensors 1- Check the wiring 2- Check the sensor

Valve is not fully closed 1- The digital input is ON (24V) 2- Wrong setting of parameter ut.

1- Valve is shut off only when the digital input is turned off (0V) 2- Check the setting of parameter ut

Instable superheat (hunting) Evaporator is designed to operate at higher superheat

Increase the superheat set-point

Valve opens when EC3 commands to close and vice versa Wrong wiring between EC3-X33 and valve

Correct the wiring

EX8 is not able to open at high differential pressure Wrong setting of parameter ut Check the parameter ut. (Larger valve requires higher torque and higher current)

Superheat set-point is shifting after several months of uninterrupted operation or permanent jumper of 24V digital input

Stepper motor driven valves require synchronization

Do not apply permanent 24V digital input. Interrupt digital input once every week for 5 seconds if compressor never stops.

Dimensions

EC3-X33 /X53 ECD-002

Emerson Electric GmbH & Co OHG - Postfach 1251 - Heerstraße 111 - D-71332 Waiblingen - Germany - Phone .49-(0)7151-509-0 - Fax .49-(0)7151-509-200 www.eCopeland.com/alcoliterature.cfm


Quick Start Up

EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 & ECD-002

0

1

1a

1b

1c

1d

1e

2

2a

2b 0 = R22

1 = R134a 2 = R507 3 = R404A 4 = R407C 5 = R410A 6 = R124 7 = R744

2

3

3a

3b

0 = PT4-07S (R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124) 1 = PT4-18S (R410A) 2 = PT4-30S (R744)

3c

4

4a

4b

1 = EX4 2 = EX5 3 = EX6 4 = EX7 5 = EX8

4c

4d

4e

Display of Data:

Emerson Electric GmbH & Co OHG - Postfach 1251 - Heerstraße 111 - D-71332 Waiblingen - Germany - Phone .49-(0)7151-509-0 - Fax .49-(0)7151-509-200 www.eCopeland.com/alcoliterature.cfm

5 sec.

1-199

88

EX4, EX5EX6, EX7EX8

Po => To Ts

Vo (%)Ts (°C) To (°C)SH = Ts - To (K) 100%

0%

Po (barg)

EC

3X_6

5130

.cdr

R22

R 410AEX7

0 V

EC3-X33

24 V AC

EC3-X33

24 V AC

24 V

PT4

12x

Ter

min

al

Con

nect

ing

cabl

e 4

pole

0,1

4 qm

m

1whi

te

: 24V

AC

/DC

sup

ply

2 br

own:

24V

AC

/DC

sup

ply

3 gr

een

: N.C

. con

tact

ala

rm4

yello

w: N

.C. c

onta

ct a

larm

Indi

catio

n :

LE

D g

reen

: op

erat

ion

LE

D r

ed

: al

arm

In c

ase

of p

ower

failu

re th

ere

lay

cont

act 3

-4 is

ope

n.

Tec

hnic

al D

ata

Det

ecto

r2x

2 d

etec

tor

elec

trod

esLa

ying

on

the

floor

at th

e un

ders

ide

0,5m

m h

ighe

r th

an fr

ame

foot

Out

put r

elay

s m

ax. 1

A, m

ax. 6

0V

Mea

surin

g re

sist

ance

of

wat

er d

etec

tor

sens

itivi

tyin

put ~

0,8

– 1

M O

hm

Ele

ctric

conn

ectin

gca

ble

LIY

Y 4

x0,1

4, le

ngth

4m

Cab

le o

uter

dia

met

er3,

7 m

mP

ower

sup

ply

24V

AC

/DC

, +-1

5%P

ower

cur

rent

max

. 20m

AIs

olat

ion

supp

ly/c

onta

ct50

0 V

Cas

ting

com

poun

dD

IN16

945,

DIN

5350

5,D

IN53

482

Air

hum

idity

0–

95 %

rh

Ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re0

- +

60°C

Sto

rage

tem

pera

ture

-30

- +8

0°C

Con

stru

ctio

n, c

able

ent

ryP

CB

mou

nt.

Wei

ght

130

gD

imen

sion

s46

x34x

28m

m (

WxL

xH)

The

wat

er d

etec

tor

is s

uita

ble

for

foot

mou

ntin

g. T

he d

etec

tor

stay

s on

4 p

last

ic fe

et, t

he s

enso

rs a

re 0

,5m

m h

ighe

r.T

he d

etec

tor

is n

ot s

uita

ble

to b

e co

ntin

ued

unde

r w

ater

. To

take

ther

efor

e, th

e op

tical

sen

sor

SW

M 5

is b

ette

r rig

ht.

If th

e de

tect

or d

etec

ts n

o w

ater

, the

rel

ay c

onta

ct 3

-4 is

clo

sed.

The

gre

en L

ED

indi

cate

s no

rmal

con

ditio

n.If

ther

e is

wat

er o

r no

pow

er s

uppl

y, th

e co

ntac

t 3-4

is o

pen.

The

red

LE

D w

ill n

otify

whe

n w

ater

is d

etec

ted.

RIN

CK

EL

EC

TR

ON

IC G

MB

HK

leek

amp

6D

-273

56 R

oten

burg

(W

ümm

e)w

ww

.rin

ck-e

lect

roni

c.de

info

@rin

ck-e

lect

roni

c.de

B 6

53E

_SW

M32

01.0

7.04

WA

TE

R L

EA

KA

GE

DE

DE

CT

OR

SW

M3.

2

Det

ectio

n4x

ele

ctro

de a

t the

und

er fr

ame

Out

put

N.C

. con

tact

, LE

D in

dica

tion

Pow

er s

uppl

y24

V A

C/D

C


27610-2.3 0405 page 1

General Safety Instructions Application Electrical Connection Installation Maintenance You have bought a Jung Pumpen product and therefore purchased quality and performance. Guarantee this achievement by an installation according to the operating instructions so that our product can meet your demands to your full satisfaction. Please note that damages as a result of poor installation will affect the guarantee. For this reason please follow the advice of the operating instructions. Like any other electrical appliance the operation of this product can fail by electrical failure or technical faults. It is wise to always consider standby pumps, emergency generator and a control unit fitted with mains independent alarm. U 3 K NIRO ID-No. 00205 / 02 U 3 KS NIRO ID-No. 00206 / 02 U 3 KS NIRO ID-No. 09808 / 02

Submersible sump pump


page 2

General Safety Instruction This operation manual gives basic instructions that should be followed carefully during installation, operation and maintenance. It is essential that this manual is carefully read by the responsible personnel/operator before assembly and commissioning. It is always to be kept available at the installation site. Identification of safety instructions in the operating manual Safety instructions given in this manual non-available with which would affect safety are identified by the following symbol:

General danger for personnel Dangerous voltage Danger for machine and function

It is imperative that signs affixed to the machine, e.g. - rotation arrow - fluid connection symbols - data / approval plate be observed and kept legible. Qualification of personnel An authorized (certified) electrician and mechanic shall carry out all work. Scope of responsibility and supervision of the personnel must be exactly defined by the plant operator. If the staff does not have the necessary knowledge, they must be trained and instructed, which may be performed by the machine manufacturer or supplier on behalf of the plant operator, moreover, the plant operator is to make sure that the contents of the operating manual are fully understood by the personnel. Hazards in the event of non-compliance with the safety instructions Non-compliance with the safety instructions may produce a risk to the personnel as well as to the environment and the machine and results in a loss of any right to claim damages or compensation. For example, non-compliance may involve the following hazards: - Failure of important functions of the machine/plant - Failure of specified procedures of maintenance and repair - Exposure of people to electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards - Endangering the environment owing to hazardous substances being released. Safety regulations for owner / operator All safety instructions contained in this manual, all relevant national and local health and safety codes and any other service and safety instructions issued by the plant operator shall be complied with.

Safety instructions relevant for operation If hot or cold machine components involve hazards, they must be guarded against accidental contact. Guards for moving parts (e.g. coupling) must not be removed form the machine while in operation. Any leakage of hazardous (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) fluids (e.g. from the shaft seal) must be drained away so as to prevent any risk to persons or the environment. Statutory regulations are to be complied with. The pumping station must be kept tidy and in good condition. Hazards resulting from electricity are to be prevented (see for example, the national-specifications or the regulations of your local electricity supply company.) Safety instructions relevant for maintenance, inspections and assembly work It shall be the plant operator’s responsibility to ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is performed by authorized and qualified personnel who have adequately familiarized themselves with the subject matter by studying this manual in detail. Any work on the machine shall only be performed when it is at a stand-still, it being imperative that the procedure for shutting down the machine described in this manual be followed. Pumps and pump units which convey hazardous media must be decontaminated. All waste emissions such as used oil must be appropriately disposed of, oil spills must be cleaned up and emissions to the environment must be reported. On completion of work all safety and protective facilities must be reinstalled and made operative again. Prior to restarting the machine, the instructions listed under "Electrical Connection" and "Installation" are to be observed. Unauthorized alterations and production of spare parts Any modification may be made to the machine only after consultation with the manufacturer. Using spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer is in the interest of safety. Use of other parts may exempt the manufacturer from any warranty or compensation claims. Unauthorized modes of operation The reliability of the machine delivered will be only guaranteed if it is used in the manner intended, in accordance with clause 1; of this manual: The limit values specified in the data sheet must under no circumstances be exceeded. Warranty claim Jung Pumpen pumps are long living, high quality products with expected reliable operation. However, should the need arise for a warranty claim, please contact your Jung Pumpen distributor.


page 3

List of contents • General safety instructions............................................................................ page 2 • List of contents.............................................................................................. page 3 • Extent of delivery.......................................................................................... page 4 - Application - Wiring diagram • Safety precautions ....................................................................................... page 5 • Installation .................................................................................................... page 6 - 8 - Single unit - Installation with guide rail system - Duplex unit - Mobile operation - Low level pumping - Whirl system - Maintenance • Sectional drawing ......................................................................................... page 9 • Spare parts list ............................................................................................. page 10


page 4

Technical Data Supply voltage : 1N/PE x 230 V - 50 Hz Power input : 320 W Max. switching frequency : 30 / h Dimensions : 220 x 230 x 155 mm (h x ∅) Protective system : IP 68 Weight : approx. 3,5 kg / 4,9 kg Max.water temperature : 1 -35 °C (60 °C short time) Description This manual applies to a Jung Pumpen submersible sump pump U 3 K or U 3 KS with vortex impeller and mounted on level control. Application - The U 3 K/KS pump is designed for usual domestic

waste water. It must not be used for pumping sewage water from lavatories. In some countries sumps with a connection to the public sewer are an explosion hazardous location. For this application the explosion proof UFK series is necessary, for further information ask your distributor.

- Only Ex-approved pumps may be used at different operating conditions in explosion hazardous locations. Please ask the industrial and trade supervision, the building inspection or the employer´s liability insurance association for such an application.

- Allowed temperature of pumped medium: Continuous operation : 35 °C (S1-operation) Intermittent operation : 60°C (S3-operation 40%), 4 min. operation, 6 min. stand by

- The pumps can be used for pumping waste water from dish washers and washing machines.

- If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C.

- The flooded pump must not freeze. - Without any additional accessories, a low level

pumping in flooded basements, on flat roofs etc. down to 5 mm water level is possible (see low level pumping).

Transportation and storage The pump can be transported and stored in vertical or horizontal position.

Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property.

If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C. The flooded pump must not freeze. For longer periods of storage, the pump must be protected against moisture and heat. The impeller should be rotated occasionally to prevent the seals from sticking together. After a long period of storage, the pump should be inspected before it is taken into operation. Pay special attention to the seals and the cable gland. Follow the instructions of „Operation“.

Picture 1: dimensions Picture 2: wiring diagram

Do not put the plug into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions. Because of the built-in thermostat an additional

motor protection is not necessary. Inadmissible high temperatures and operation times will release the thermostat. If so, pull out the plug before repairs to prevent automatically pump restarts.


page 5

Please pay attention to the following regulations at installing the pump(s) or ask your qualified electrician / distributor.

- regulations for electrical installations (in Germany: VDE 0100, VDE 0165)

- regulations for prevention of accidents in sewage technical installations (in Germany: GUV 7.4, GUV 17.6)

- guidelines for explosion protection (in Germany: GUV 19.8)

- electrical installations in explosion hazardous areas (in Germany: Elex V)

Safety precautions In order to minimize the risk of accidents in connection with the service and installation work, the following rules should be followed: - Never work alone. Use a lifting harness, safety line

and a respirator as required. Do not ignore the risk of drowning.

- Make sure there are no poisonous gases within the work area.

- Check the explosion risk before welding or using electric hand tools.

- Do not ignore health hazards. Observe strict cleanliness.

- Bear in mind the risk of electrical accidents. - Make sure that the lifting equipment is in good

condition. - Provide a suitable barrier around the work area,

e.g. guard rail - Make sure you have a clear path of retreat. - Use safety helmet, safety goggles and protective

shoes. - All personnel who work with sewage systems must

be vaccinated against diseases to which they may be exposed.

- A first-aid kit must be close at hand. - Note that special rules apply to installation in

explosive atmosphere. Follow all other health and safety rules and local codes and ordinances Electrical connection

- Following works should only be done by qualified and authorized electricians.

- Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained or/and unauthorized personnel.

- Heed operating voltage ! (see name plate and additional labels)

- Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again.

- If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart.

- Before starting check the efficiency of the protective arrangements of the pump and the monitoring equipment. Failure to heed this warning may cause a lethal accident.

- Do not put the lead ends into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions.

- If persons are likely to come into physical contact with pump or pumped media, the earthed (grounded) socket must have an additional connection to an earth- (ground) fault protection device (GFI).

- When pumping near a lake, a jetty, a pond etc. a safety distance of at least 20 m between the person and the pump is applicable. Do not place the pump directly in a pool. Observe the special safety regulations if used in connection with swimming pools.

- Use the pump only in accordance to the data stated on the pump´s plate resp. in the technical data on page 4.

Special rules apply to installation in explosive atmosphere. Intrinsically safe circuits (Exi) are normally required for the automatic level control system by level regulators.

- A Jung Pumpen control unit gives you the certainty of design under safety regulations and an acceptance of work without any problems.

- Level sensors must be used at low voltage. For further details please see data sheet / o.m. Local rules may specify otherwise.

- To prevent the pump from blocking after long rest periods an additional daily trial run unit can be installed.

- Connection only to a mains supply installed in accordance to the local regulations. For fusing of d.o.l. starting pumps use only 10 A slow fuses or automatic circuit-breaker with C or D characteristic. (former G and K) Because the motor´s nominal voltage is measured at the terminal board of the pump, please consider the voltage drop of long supply cables.

- The motors of the three-phase a.c. pumps must be protected by a suitable overcurrent release. Adjustment as following: direct start: + 10% of the nominal current star-delta start: (nominal current x 0,58) + 10 % If the protective arrangement has trigged, eliminate the trouble

- Replace the cable if the cable jacket is damaged. Do not pinch the cable or pull it around sharp bends.

- Always install the control unit in a dry and well ventilated room above the backpressure level. Never install the control unit in the sump !

Earthing For safety reasons, the earth conductor should be appr. 50 mm (2 inch) longer than the phase conductors. If the motor cable is jerked loose by mistake, the earth conductor should be at last conductor to come loose from its terminal. This applies to both ends of cable. Ensure the correct earthing of the pump and the control unit.


page 6

Picture 3: single installation example Picture 4: stationary single installation example Picture 5: stationary duplex installation example

Installation To ensure the proper installation, consider the dimensions of the installation. The sump has to be cleaned from all sediments before any installation or repair works. The minimum height between the lifting hook and the floor shall be sufficient to lift the pump out of the sump. The lifting equipment shall be able to hoist the pump straight up and down in the sump, preferably without the need for resetting the lifting hook. Oversized lifting equipment could cause damages if the pump should stick when it is lifted. The lifting equipment has to be securely anchored.

Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable or the hose ! To lower the pump in a deep tank, use a rope or a chain.

Climbing pressure pipework has to be installed frost protected.

Stay clear of suspended loads. Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply both control unit and pump before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property. In some installations the water and the pump can be hot. Bear in mind the risk of burn injuries. Before installation, please check: - the visible parts of the pump and the installation - sluice and reflux valves - the oil level in the oil chamber - if the impeller moves freely - direction of rotation The pump should be installed correspondingly to picture 3, 4 or 5. Under DIN EN 12056-2 the pressure tube must be taken in a loop over the local back-up level and secured with a reflux valve. Observe the min. flow speed of 0,7 m/s in the pipework. Stationary installation To remove the pump easily we recommend our guide rail system GR 32, alternatively a flexible connection (min. DN 32/1¼“) in the pressure tube near the pump is conceivable. The connection must be sealed, screwed together and fastened fingertight. To avoid bigger friction losses in long tubes, a correlative bigger pipe diameter is necessary.

Observe the measurements of the float switches as shown in picture 3,4 and 5.

The floats must not be installed below the inlet. The control unit must be installed in well ventilated room above the back pressure level. Mobile operation / deaeration If a flexible hose is connected to the pump, no reflux valve must be installed and the hose must have a gradient to ensure a completely drained off hose when the pump stops working. When the pump is submerged again, water in the hose will prevent the deaeration of the spiral housing and therewith the correct operation of the pump. For the same reason the pump may not operate properly when it is submerged in switched on condition.


page 7

Maintenance - Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains

supply of both, control unit and pump, before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages. At using a chain to lift the pump, please pay attention to the rules for prevention of accidents. Chains have to be inspected regularly by qualified personal. Only authorised workshops or the manufacturer are permitted to carry out repairs effecting the

electrical security. In case of repairs defective parts must be replaced by genuine spare parts. Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained, unauthorized personnel. General safety - clean the pump thoroughly - beware of the risk of infection - follow local safety regulations The pump is designed for use in liquids which can be dangerous to health. When working on the pump, prevent injuries to the eyes and skin, by: - wearing goggles and rubber gloves - cleaning the pump before any works - cleaning the parts after dismantling - hold a cloth over the drain plug to prevent splatter

when opening the oil chamber In case of contact with dangerous liquids: - eye contact: rinse your eyes immediately in running

water for 15 min. Hold your eyelids apart with your fingers. Contact an eye specialist

- skin contact: remove contaminated clothes, wash your skin with soap and water, seek medical attention, if necessary

To keep the reliability of operation servicing should be made after every 1000 working hours, but not later than once a year. If the pump delivers water with abrassive additions servicing should be carried out at adequate shorter intervals. At decreasing flow rates or ascending noises the impeller has to be checked on wear, and if necessary, it has to be changed.

In case of a damage at the pump a slight quantity of the oil chamber filling can leak into the pumping medium.

Maintenance

In case of repairs or maintenance pull main plug. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages.

The foot strainer prevents blockages in the pump, it has to be cleaned regularly as well as the float switch to guarantee the trouble free operation with full performance. In case of blockages take off the wear plate (see whirl system) and remove blocking parts. Other works are not necessary.

Cleaning Regularly cleaning of the impeller and the level control sensors or float switches secures the maximum pumping capacity and operational reliability. Torque ratio MA for screw material: for M 6, MA = 8 Nm (0.8 kpm) for M 8, MA = 20 Nm (2.0 kpm) for M 10, MA = 40 Nm (4.0 kpm) for M 12, MA = 70 Nm (7.0 kpm) for M 16, MA = 160 Nm (16.0 kpm) Installation of flap trap The enclosed rubber flap must be screwed into the discharge branch of the pump casing by using the grooved sheet metal screw. (see pic. 6) If the pump is used in sumps that can dry out, replace the flap trap by a separate reflux valve (e.g. Jung Pumpen swing type check valve No. 9739). The reflux valve should be mounted above the screw fitting. To ensure the correct deaeration of the spiral housing drill a Ø 6 mm hole into the enclosed quarter elbow (part. No. 16687) at the marked position. In contrast to the U 3 KS Niro with built-in level control, the switching points of the U 3 K Niro can be variated if separate float switches are used. Picture 6: deaeration hole


page 8

Low level pumping Flooded basements, roofs etc. can easily be drained down to a level of 5 mm with the U 3 K Niro. Put 2 screwdrivers into the „detach slots“ between foot strainer and pump casing and lever down the foot strainer. To ensure the suction of the pump, the hose must be emptied before each pumping sequence and the lowest water level must be 40 mm / 1,6 inch. The built-in level control of the U 3 KS Niro is not working in the low level pumping mode. Whirl system To keep the bottom of the sump in the suction area of the pump largely free of sediments a small modification is necessary. The pump performance will be reduced to 6 m3/h and 6,0 meters of head. Take off the foot strainer as described under shallow pumping. Unscrew the 6 grooved sheet metal screws (part No. 08552) out of the wear plate and take it of. Drill 3 holes with Ø 5 mm into the wear plate as shown on picture 5, remove the burr from the holes and assemble the pump again. The new holes must not be covered from a web of the foot strainer. Picture 7: whirl system Checking of pump unit

Worn out impellers can have sharp edges !

Inspect and adjust the impeller depending on the frequency of operation and the medium being pumped, but not later than half-yearly. At reduced pump performances or increased operational noises the impeller and the pump casing must be checked and replaced if necessary by qualified experts.

Malfunctions Pump does not run cause: missing mains supply remedy: check supply voltage cause: faulty fuse (maybe too low) remedy: check fuse and change if necessary cause: damaged supply cable remedy: changing of the cable gland only by qualified personnel Pump runs, but doesn´t deliver water cause: trapped air in the spiral housing remedy: drain off the pressure tube or hose, to ensure the opening of the reflux valve to deaerate the spiral housing and ensure the correct operation of the pump Blockage of impeller cause: solid- or fibrous admixtures blocking the

impeller remedy: check impeller, as explained under „adjustment of impeller“ or „cleaning“ Reduced performance curve cause: clogged impeller remedy: clean impeller and spiral housing cause: worn-out impeller and / or wear plate remedy: change impeller and / or spiral housing

At replacing the impeller, prevent the bearings against being pushed out of their position, by supporting the upper edge of the motor shaft when pressing on the impeller.

Jung Pumpen GmbH & Co Industriestraße 4-6 - 33803 Steinhagen

XX1

EN 12050-2

Abwasserhebeanlage für fäkalienfreies Abwasser DN 32

Hebewirkung – siehe technische Daten

Geräuschemissionswert < 70dB (A)

1 Die beiden ersten Ziffern der Pumpen-Nr. bezeichnen das Produktionsjahr.


page 9

Picture 8: sectional drawing


page 10

Qty.

Pos. Code-No. Description U 3 K U 3 KS 1 08219 micro switch with leads - 1 2 16318 capacitor 6µF / 400 V DB 1 1 3 20538 screw „Amtec“ 5,0 x 20 4 4 4 16325 O-ring 86 x 6 1 1 5 16687 quarter elbow 1¼“ 1 1 6 27183 spiral housing 1 1 7 27186 strainer base 1 1 8 07162 float - 1 9 26211 impeller 1 1 10 27187 camshaft - 1 11 16327 sheet metal screw 4,8 x 32 - 1 12 03990 rotary shaft seal 12 x 24 x 4,5 - 1 13 27226 operating cam - 1

Replacement kits 16936 reflux valve 27227 spiral housing completely,including 27186 27228 terminal completely (U 3 K), including 16318 27229 terminal cover completely (U 3 KS with 3,0 m cable), including 03990, 08219, 16318, 27187, 27226 27232 terminal cover completely (U 3 KS with 10,0 m cable), including 03990, 08219, 16318, 27187, 27226 27398 motor unit completely, including 26211 By ordering spare parts indicate type of the pump and the part number.


page 11


26155 – 1.4 0307 page 1

General Safety Instructions Application Electrical Connection Installation Maintenance You have bought a Jung Pumpen product and therefore purchased quality and performance. Guarantee this achievement by an installation according to the operating instructions so that our product can meet your demands to your full satisfaction. Please note that damages as a result of poor installation will affect the guarantee. For this reason please follow the advice of the operating instructions. Like any other electrical appliance the operation of this product can fail by electrical failure or technical faults. It is wise to always consider standby pumps, emergency generator and a control unit fitted with mains independent alarm. Hebefix ID-No. 01063 / 03

Floor mounted tank


page 2

General Safety Instruction This operation manual gives basic instructions that should be followed carefully during installation, operation and maintenance. It is essential that this manual is carefully read by the responsible personnel/operator before assembly and commissioning. It is always to be kept available at the installation site. Identification of safety instructions in the operating manual Safety instructions given in this manual non-available with which would affect safety are identified by the following symbol:

General danger for personnel Dangerous voltage Danger for machine and function

It is imperative that signs affixed to the machine, e.g. - rotation arrow - fluid connection symbols - data / approval plate be observed and kept legible. Qualification of personnel An authorized (certified) electrician and mechanic shall carry out all work. Scope of responsibility and supervision of the personnel must be exactly defined by the plant operator. If the staff does not have the necessary knowledge, they must be trained and instructed, which may be performed by the machine manufacturer or supplier on behalf of the plant operator, moreover, the plant operator is to make sure that the contents of the operating manual are fully understood by the personnel. Hazards in the event of non-compliance with the safety instructions Non-compliance with the safety instructions may produce a risk to the personnel as well as to the environment and the machine and results in a loss of any right to claim damages or compensation. For example, non-compliance may involve the following hazards: - Failure of important functions of the machine/plant - Failure of specified procedures of maintenance and repair - Exposure of people to electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards - Endangering the environment owing to hazardous substances being released. Safety regulations for owner / operator All safety instructions contained in this manual, all relevant national and local health and safety codes and any other service and safety instructions issued by the plant operator shall be complied with.

Safety instructions relevant for operation If hot or cold machine components involve hazards, they must be guarded against accidental contact. Guards for moving parts (e.g. coupling) must not be removed form the machine while in operation. Any leakage of hazardous (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) fluids (e.g. from the shaft seal) must be drained away so as to prevent any risk to persons or the environment. Statutory regulations are to be complied with. The pumping station must be kept tidy and in good condition. Hazards resulting from electricity are to be prevented (see for example, the national-specifications or the regulations of your local electricity supply company.) Safety instructions relevant for maintenance, inspections and assembly work It shall be the plant operator’s responsibility to ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is performed by authorized and qualified personnel who have adequately familiarized themselves with the subject matter by studying this manual in detail. Any work on the machine shall only be performed when it is at a standstill, it being imperative that the procedure for shutting down the machine described in this manual be followed. Pumps and pump units, which convey hazardous media, must be decontaminated. All waste emissions such as used oil must be appropriately disposed of, oil spills must be cleaned up and emissions to the environment must be reported. On completion of work all safety and protective facilities must be reinstalled and made operative again. Prior to restarting the machine, the instructions listed under "Electrical Connection" and "Installation" are to be observed. Unauthorized alterations and production of spare parts Any modification may be made to the machine only after consultation with the manufacturer. Using spare parts and accessories authorized by the manufacturer is in the interest of safety. Use of other parts may exempt the manufacturer from any warranty or compensation claims. Unauthorized modes of operation The reliability of the machine delivered will be only guaranteed if it is used in the manner intended, in accordance with clause 1; of this manual: The limit values specified in the data sheet must under no circumstances be exceeded. Warranty claim Jung Pumpen pumps are long living, high quality products with expected reliable operation. However, should the need arise for a warranty claim, please contact your Jung Pumpen distributor.


page 3

List of contents • General safety instructions............................................................................ page 2 • List of contents.............................................................................................. page 3 • Description ………......................................................................................... page 4 - Technical data - Transportation and storage • Safety precautions ........................................................................................ page 5 • Installation..................................................................................................... page 6 - 8 - Mounting - Installation - Maintenance • Drawing / Spare parts list ............................................................................. page 9


page 4

Technical Data

Hebefix Hebefix 100 Material ABS PE-HD Vertical reflux valve - 1 ½ DN 40 Pressure pipe supply socket Ø 40 mm 1 ½“ male thread Inlet with lip seals 1 x Ø 40 mm / 3 x Ø 50 mm 4 x Ø 50 mm / Ø 110 mm Pipe socket (vent / cable) Ø 40 mm Ø 50 mm Sump volume 25 l 75 l operating temperature 1 - 35°C (60° C short time) 1 - 35°C (60° C short time) Weight 3,0 kg 6,0 kg

Description This manual applies to a Jung Pumpen pre-fabricated Hebefix pump chamber, which can be equipped with a U 3 KS or U 3 KS special. Picture 1: dimensions

The Hebefix is designed for usual domestic drainage water, according to DIN 1986, part 3. In some countries it must not be used for pumping sewage water from lavatories, for further informations ask your distributor. The allowed temperature of the pumped medium is 35 °C, short time period 60°C.

Transportation and storage The tank can be transported and stored in vertical or horizontal position.

Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property.

If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C. The flooded pump must not freeze. For longer periods of storage, the pump must be protected against moisture and heat. The impeller should be rotated occasionally to prevent the seals from sticking together. After a long period of storage, the pump should be inspected before it is taken into operation. Pay special attention to the seals and the cable gland. Follow the instructions of „Operation“. Application - The Hebefix has 4 marked connection branches for

tubes with Ø 40 mm / Ø 50 mm. - In connection with a special float a shower can be

connected as well. - The pressure tube can be installed right or left

handed through the upper connection pieces of the tank casing.

- If the marked connection in the tank will be opened, the vent pipe to the roof can be connected from the top.

- The tank has 2 suspension eyes, to mount it on the wall if necessary, to make floor cleaning easier.

- The pump must always be reachable for service or maintenance.

Ventilation - Sumps and tanks for the drainage of a cellar

should be covered and, if necessary, specially ventilated.

- Ventilations with additional activated carbon filters decrease annoyance caused by bad smell.

Extend of delivery Please check the extent of delivery in comparison with the spare parts list before installation.


page 5

Please pay attention to the following regulations at installing the pump(s) or ask your qualified electrican / distributor.

- regulations for electrical installations EN 60079-14, EN 60079-17, EN 1127-1, GUV-VA2

- regulations for prevention of accidents in sewage technical installations (in Germany: GUV-V C5, GUV-R 126)

- guidelines for explosion protection (in Germany: GUV 19.8, BGR 104, Ex-RL)

- electrical installations in explosion hazardous areas (in Germany: BetrSichV)

Safety precautions In order to minimize the risk of accidents in connection with the service and installation work, the following rules should be followed: - Never work alone. Use a lifting harness, safety line

and a respirator as required. Do not ignore the risk of drowning.

- Make sure there are no poisonous gases within the work area.

- Check the explosion risk before welding or using electric hand tools.

- Do not ignore health hazards. Observe strict cleanliness.

- Bear in mind the risk of electrical accidents. - Make sure that the lifting equipment is in good

condition. - Provide a suitable barrier around the work area,

e.g. guard rail - Make sure you have a clear path of retreat. - Use safety helmet, safety goggles and protective

shoes. - All personnel who work with sewage systems must

be vaccinated against diseases to wich they may be exposed.

- A first-aid kit must be close at hand. - Note that special rules apply to installation in

explosive athmosphere. Follow all other health and safety rules and local codes and ordinances Electrical connection

- The electrical connection should only be done by qualified and authorized electricians.

- Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained or/and unauthorized personnel.

- Heed operating voltage ! (see name plate and additional labels)

- Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again.

- If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart.

- Before starting check the efficiency of the protective arrangements of the pump and the monitoring equipment. Failure to heed this warning may cause a lethal accident.

- Do not put the lead ends into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions.

- If persons are likely to come into physical contact with pump or pumped media, the earthed (grounded) socket must have an additional connection to a earth- (ground) fault protection device (GFI).

- When pumping near a lake, a jetty, a pond etc. a safety distance of at least 20 m between the person and the pump is applicable. Do not place the pump directly in a pool. Observe the special safety regulations if used in connection with swimming pools.

- Use the pump only in accordance to the data stated on the pump´s plate resp. in the technical data on page 4.

Special rules apply to installation in explosive atmosphere. Intrinsically safe circuits (Exi) are normally required for the automatic level control system by level regulators.

- A Jung Pumpen control unit gives you the certainty of design under safety regulations and an acceptance of work without any problems.

- Level sensors must be used at low voltage. For further details please see data sheet / o.m. Local rules may specify otherwise.

- To prevent the pump from blocking after long rest periods an additional daily trial run unit can be installed.

- Connection only to a mains supply installed in accordance to the local regulations. For fusing of d.o.l. starting pumps use only 10 A slow fuses or automatic circuit-breaker with C or D characteristic. (former G and K) Because the motor´s nominal voltage is measured at the terminal board of the pump, please consider the voltage drop of long supply cables.

- The motors of the three-phase a.c. pumps must be protected by a suitable overcurrent release. Adjustment as following: direct start: of the nominal current star-delta start: nominal current x 0,58 If the protective arrangement has trigged, eliminate the trouble

- Replace the cable if the cable jacket is damaged. Do not pinch the cable or pull it around sharp bends.

- Always install the control unit in a dry and well ventilated room above the backpressure level. Never install the control unit in the sump !

Earthing For safety reasons, the earth conductor should be appr. 50 mm (2 inch) longer than the phase conductors. If the motor cable is jerked loose by mistake, the earth conductor should be at last conductor to come loose from ist terminal. This applies to both ends of cable. Ensure the correct earthing of the pump and the control unit.


page 6

Electrical connection Please pay attention to the operating instructions of the installed pump. Picture 2: Example for installation Hebefix with special float Picture 3: Example for installation Hebefix with wall fastening Picture 4: connection of a washing machine

Picture 5: Special float Picture 6: Mounting of the activated carbon filter


page 7

Mounting The pressure tube must be taken in a loop over the local backpressure level and secured with a reflux valve. (DIN EN 12056) The reflux valve is in the extent of delivery. Each drain connection (e.g. washing machine, dish washer ...) must have a siphon trap. Installation 1. Remove the tank cover (Pos. No. 2)

(loosen the snap connections on the narrow sides, but do not overstretch). Withdraw the accessories. Screw the pump elbow with sealing tape or a hemp packing on the pump discharge. Do not install the internal pump reflux valve.

2. Push the elastic outlet elbow on the connection branch of the pump, adjust it and tighten it with the hose clamp (Pos.No. 5).

3. Open required connection piece for pressure, inlet (and ventilation) at the marked position, by cutting or drilling. Attention: Do not damage the faying surface ! Push the plug-in seals (Pos.No. 7) into the opened connection branches. If necessary, push the hose connection ∅ 25 with an o-ring seal 40x30 into a lateral connection piece (pic. 4)

4. Put the pump with the outlet elbow into the floor lock of the tank. Push the pressure tube from outside through to the plug-in seal into the elastic outlet elbow (Pos.No. 4) and fix it with a hose clamp (Pos.No. 5). Push the inlet and ventilation pipe about 35 mm into the plug-in seal.

5. Moisten the circular seal (Pos.No. 10) steadily with a slip additive and mount it on the upper edge of the tank. Loosen the screws (Pos.No. 12) of the cover (Pos.No. 3) in the lid. Pull the pump cable with the plug through the hole. After that, push the slotted plug (Pos.No. 11) over the cable and put it back into the hole.

The connection of a shower requires the installation of the special float (code-No. 17424) (pic.5)

Switch heights ON A = 105mm, OFF B = 45mm The cable in the tank must not obstruct the float. Enough cable has to be in the tank to allow the pump to be pulled out of the tank for servicing. 6. Remove and unwrap the activated carbon filter

(Pos.No. 17) and put it over the ventilation hole between the terminal plates (pic. 6). In case of ventilation to the roof press the enclosed plug (Pos.No. 18) into the ventilation hole of the lid (pic. 9).

7. Press the cover (Pos.No. 2) over the tank edge until the snap connections click into place. The O-ring (Pos.No. 10) must lie steadily on the tank edge. The pump cable must be pulled outside and the cover (Pos.No. 3) must be fixed with two screws. Push the two enclosed white caps (Pos.No. 13) on the screws.

Picture 7: Fastening on the wall Picture 8: Change of the activated carbon filter Wall installation If the Hebefix should be mounted on a wall the holes for the suspension can be drilled by using the template printed on the cardboard box. Screw the hook screws (Pos. 14) into the upper holes and fix two rubber bases (Pos. 6) in the lower holes as elastic distance pieces. The distance between bottom and floor should be approx. 80 to 100 mm. (pic. 3 and 7)


page 8

Mounting accessories At connecting a shower basin, the pump can only be operated with the special float (code.No. 17424) (pic. 5).

If the inlet in the cover is also used, an elbow must be fixed on the inlet pipe to

prevent the access of air in the spiral housing of the pump. Alarm unit The automatic alarm (code-No. 20198) signalizes an unacceptably high water level. Open the marked position in the cover Ø 13 mm and mount the alarm switch corresponding to the operation instructions. The installation of a U 3 KS or U 6 KS with a low level switch „Duschfix“ requires, the fastener (code-No. 28191) for the alarm unit. Maintenance - Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains

supply of both, control unit and pump, before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages. At using a chain to lift the pump, please pay attention to the rules for prevention of accidents. Chains have to be inspected regularly by qualified personal. Only authorized workshops or the manufacturer are permitted to carry out repairs effecting the water tightness.

In case of repairs the gap peripheries have to be inspected for damages, defective parts must be replaced by genuine spare parts. Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained, unauthorized personnel.

General safety - clean the pump thoroughly - beware of the risk of infection - follow local safety regulations The pump is designed for use in liquids which can be dangerous to health. When working on the pump, prevent injuries to the eyes and skin, by: - wearing goggles and rubber gloves - cleaning the pump before any works - cleaning the parts after dismantling - hold a cloth over the drain plug to prevent splatter

when opening the oil chamber In case of contact with dangerous liquids: - eye contact: rinse your eyes immediately in running

water for 15 min. Hold your eyelids apart with your fingers. Contact an eye specialist

- skin contact: remove contaminated clothes, wash your skin with soap and water, seek medical attention, if necessary

To keep the reliability of operation the system should not be inspected later than once a year. If the pump delivers water with abrasive additions servicing should be carried out at adequate shorter intervals. At decreasing flow rates or ascending noises the impeller has to be checked on wear, and if necessary, it has to be changed. Cleaning/ Maintenance Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again. If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart. The unit is free of maintenance. In case of a deteriorate pump performance, remove all sediments from the tank. Change of the activated carbon filter - 1x year at least - in case of annoyance caused by bad smell - in case of water penetration through the filter.


page 9

Picture 9: Spare parts Hebefix

Spare parts list Pos. Code-No. Qty. Description Pos. Code-No. Qty. Description 1 20408 1 tank 14 20465 2 hook screw 4,5 x 40 2 20409 1 top cover 15 12599 4 dowel S6 3 20410 1 cover 16 12598 2 wood screw 4 x 40 4 20442 1 discharge elbow ø 40 17 20140 1 activated carbon filter 5 03571 2 hose strap 40-60 18 01676 1 plug 12,3 6 20466 4 rubber base ø 20 x 10 19 00072 1 wire strap 7 08318 4 plug-in seal 40/47 20 03991 2 sheet metal screw 3,5 x 6 8 17308 1 ball ø 14 21 09739 1 reflux valve 1 ¼ inch 9 20495 1 washer ø 13 22 20198 1 alarm device 10 23124 1 profile packing - 20867 1 hose connection Ø 25 11 17099 1 slit drain plug 46/6,7 - 21112 1 O-ring 40 x 3 12 20463 2 cap screw 3,9 x 25 - 10907 2 plug-in seal 50 x 59 13 17406 2 cap Nr. 7 By ordering spare parts indicate type of tank and part number of the unit.

extent of delivery of U 3 KS Niro U 3 KS special

tube ø 40 mm and reducing pipe nipple ø 40 mm / 1 ¼ inch by customer

The

FRAV

ID G

DW

-2N

pum

p sy

stem

can

be

used

for

con

duct

ing

and

non-

cond

uctin

g flu

ids

(e.g

. co

nden

sate

). O

win

g to

is

com

pact

des

ign,

the

sys

tem

can

be

inte

grat

ed i

n or

con

nect

ed t

o an

y st

anda

rd c

omm

erci

al u

nit.

Than

ks to

the

pate

nted

sel

f-sea

ling

syst

em, n

o ch

eck

valv

es a

re n

eede

d!

The

syst

em f

eatu

res

3-st

ep f

loat

-type

con

trol.

Switc

h-on

, sw

itch-

off

and

the

alar

m f

unct

ion

are

actu

ated

via

the

reed

con

tact

ele

men

ts. I

n th

e ev

ent o

f mal

func

tion,

the

alar

m c

onta

ct e

ither

sw

itche

s of

f the

air

cond

ition

er u

nit v

ia a

rel

ay (

not i

nclu

ded)

or

soun

ds a

n al

arm

. The

rel

iabi

lity

of th

e liq

uid-

leve

l con

trolle

r is

inde

pend

ent o

f the

wat

er h

ardn

ess.

The

floa

t act

uate

s th

e re

ed c

onta

cts

whe

n an

ce

rtain

wat

er le

vel I

rea

ched

. Sw

itch-

on, s

witc

h-of

f and

the

alar

m fu

nctio

n ac

cord

ing

to th

is p

rinci

ple.

Th

at i

s th

e se

cret

beh

ind

the

FRAV

ID G

DW

-2N

´s o

utst

andi

ng o

pera

tiona

l rel

iabi

lity.

The

FR

AVID

G

DW-2

N c

onde

nsat

e dr

ain

pum

p fe

atur

es a

pot

entio

met

er p

rovi

ding

for

ste

eple

s re

gula

tion

of th

e pu

mp

and

thus

ena

blin

g th

e no

ise

leve

l and

flow

rate

to b

e ad

just

ed a

s ne

eded

. In

stal

latio

n an

d O

pera

ting

Inst

ruct

ion

The

FRAV

ID G

DW

-2N

con

dens

ate

drai

n pu

mp

is c

ompr

ised

of a

com

pact

cas

ing

in w

hich

the

pum

p,

reed

con

tact

s an

d ca

paci

ty re

gula

tor a

re in

tegr

ated

. Th

e FR

AVID

GD

W-2

N c

onde

nsat

e dr

ain

pum

p is

des

igne

d fo

r in

stal

latio

n in

side

the

unit,

for

stan

d-al

one

inst

alla

tion

or m

ount

ing

to th

e w

all.

The

FRAV

ID G

DW

-2N

con

dens

ate

drai

n pu

mp

is s

elf-p

rimin

g. A

sta

inle

ss s

teel

filte

r is

inst

alle

d in

-line

in

the

suc

tion

line.

The

pre

ssur

e lin

e le

adin

g fro

m t

he p

ump

(pre

ssur

e lin

e to

be

furn

ishe

d by

the

H

VAC

con

tract

or a

nd h

ave

an in

tern

al d

iam

eter

of ?

6m

m) i

s to

be

laid

stra

ight

(no

buck

ling;

bra

ided

-ty

pe tu

bing

to b

e us

ed).

Mak

e su

re th

at th

e co

nnec

tion

is s

eale

d (i.

e. d

oes

not l

eak)

. U

pon

conn

ectin

g al

l of t

he c

onde

nsat

e lin

es, t

he p

ump

is to

be

conn

ecte

d to

the

pow

er s

uppl

y. T

he

brow

n w

ire is

to b

e co

nnec

ted

to th

e L

term

inal

, the

blu

e w

ire to

the

N te

rmin

al a

nd th

e ye

llow

-gre

en

wire

to th

e PE

term

inal

. The

pum

p an

d th

e al

arm

are

sec

ured

with

500

mA

dela

yed.

ATT

ENTI

ON

:C

olor

cha

nge

!! C

onne

ct th

e bl

ack

and

the

grey

wire

for t

he a

larm

. W

ARNI

NG:

Do

not c

onne

ct th

e fu

se li

ne u

ntil

inst

alla

tion

is c

ompl

ete

and

alar

m is

sec

ured

!!!

Now

test

the

com

pone

nts

to s

ee w

heth

er th

ey fu

nctio

n pr

oper

ly.

Pour

wat

er in

to th

e dr

ain

pan

and

mak

e su

re th

at th

e pu

mp

prop

erly

sw

itche

s on

and

off.

The

n re

fill

with

wat

er a

nd c

heck

to s

ee th

at th

e al

arm

func

tions

pro

perly

. Th

e FR

AVID

GD

W-2

N p

ump

syst

em fe

atur

es a

pot

entio

met

er p

rovi

ding

for

stee

ples

reg

ulat

ion,

thus

en

ablin

g th

e pu

mp

to b

e se

t to

oper

ate

mor

e si

lent

ly. T

he p

ump

feat

ures

ove

rvol

tage

pro

tect

ion.

- 1 -

A D

ivis

ion

of F

riess

Gm

bH

Dev

elop

men

t – M

anuf

actu

ring

– D

istri

butio

n of

Com

pone

nts

G

DW

2N

A

rt.N

o.: 1

1041

151

D

ESC

RIP

TIO

N

A D

ivis

ion

of F

riess

Gm

bH

Dev

elop

men

t – M

anuf

actu

ring

– D

istri

butio

n of

Com

pone

nts

R

apps

tr. 1

8 D-

8068

7 M

ünch

en

Ph

one:

**49

(89)

5467

62-0

Fa

x: **

49(8

9)56

9787

E-

mai

l: pr

oduc

ts@

fravi

d.de

ht

tp: /

/ww

w.fr

avid

.de

-S

ubje

ct to

alte

ratio

n

- 4 -

07/0

5

Perfo

rman

ce D

iagr

amm

War

rant

y Tw

o ye

ars

from

the

deliv

ery

date

. The

war

rant

y ex

tend

s to

com

pone

nts

exhi

bitin

g m

ater

ial o

r m

anuf

actu

-rin

g de

fect

s an

d is

lim

ited

to r

epla

cing

or

repa

iring

the

se c

ompo

nent

s. N

oco

mpe

nsat

ion

may

be

clai

med

for

labo

ur o

r sh

ippi

ng c

harg

es o

r in

dire

ct d

amag

e in

tra

nsit.

Th

is i

s be

val

id f

or c

onse

quen

tial

dam

age,

too

. To

cla

im t

he 2

-yea

rs w

arra

nty,

it

is

nece

ssar

y, th

at th

e FR

AVID

-War

rant

y-Ap

plic

atio

n is

fille

d in

com

plet

e. T

o cl

aim

the

war

rant

y is

on

ly p

ossi

ble,

in c

ombi

natio

n w

ith t

he W

arra

nty-

Appl

icat

ion

and

a co

py o

f the

dea

l inv

oice

(in

clud

ing

the

seria

l nu

mbe

r).

No

liabi

lity

shal

l be

ass

umed

in

the

even

t of

im

prop

er

inst

alla

tion,

non

-adh

eren

ce to

inst

alla

tion

an o

pera

ting

inst

ruct

ions

and

spe

cific

atio

ns,

lack

of

prop

er s

ervi

cing

and

mai

nten

ance

(e.

g. f

ilter

s cl

ogge

d or

tot

ally

lack

ing)

, or

failu

re to

con

nect

the

alar

m.

The

achi

evem

ent d

ata

(col

d co

il ac

hiev

emen

t) ar

e ba

sed

on

a w

ater

te

mpe

ratu

re

of

20°C

an

d an

am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re o

f 25

°C.

Dur

ing

rise

in t

empe

ratu

re t

he

achi

evem

ent o

f the

pum

p si

nks.

94m

m

+/- 2

mm

FRAV

ID G

DW-2

N

Ope

ratin

g In

stru

ctio

n Sp

ecifi

catio

ns G

DW

-2N

*m

ax. f

low

rate

40

l/h

*m

ax. d

eliv

ery

head

15

m

*max

. per

mis

sibl

e flu

id te

mpe

ratu

re

40

°C

*max

. ree

d co

ntac

t rat

ing

(pum

p)

50

VA

*max

. ree

d co

ntac

t rat

ing

(ala

rm)

50

VA

*Pow

er s

uppl

y

230/

50

VAC

/Hz

*F

use

pum

p

50

0 m

A de

laye

d

*Fus

e al

arm

5

00

mA

dela

yed

*P

ower

inpu

t

25

VA

*D

imen

sion

s (L

x W

x H

) 13

0 x

80 x

115

m

m

Noi

se L

evel

Th

e FR

AV

ID G

DW

-2N

con

dens

ate

drai

n pu

mp

syst

em fe

atur

es a

pot

entio

met

er p

rovi

ding

for

stee

ples

reg

ulat

ion

of

the

pum

p an

d th

us e

nabl

ing

the

nois

e le

vel a

nd fl

ow r

ate

to b

e ad

just

ed a

s ne

eded

. U

se

Air

cond

ition

ing

units

, R

efrig

erat

or a

nd f

reez

er u

nits

, D

ehum

idifie

rs,

Con

figur

e pu

mp

capa

city

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e pe

rform

ance

dia

gram

. Vi

ew o

f the

Sw

itchi

ng P

oint

s of

the

Floa

t Sw

itch

for t

he G

DW

-2N

pum

p w

ater

con

nect

ion

incl

uded

Th

e co

nden

sate

run

s fre

ely

from

the

dra

in p

an in

side

the

air

cond

ition

ing

unit

via

tubi

ng (

max

. ?

19m

m)

into

the

drai

n pa

n of

the

GD

W-2

N p

ump.

Fro

m th

ere

the

pum

p su

cks

the

cond

ensa

te a

nd p

ress

es it

thro

ugh

?6m

m (

inte

rnal

di

amet

er)

brai

ded-

type

tubi

ng (t

o be

furn

ishe

d by

the

HV

AC

con

tract

or).

23+/

-2m

m

28+/

-2m

m

alar

m c

onta

ct o

pen

pum

p "O

N"

pum

p "O

FF"

39+/

-2m

m

Con

dens

e w

ater

from

th

e ai

r con

ditio

ning

un

it D

N 1

6mm

Stai

nles

s st

eel f

ilter

Pre

ssur

e po

rt D

N6m

m

Del

iver

y he

ad m

ax. 1

5m

- 2 -

Elec

tric

al In

stal

latio

n of

the

GD

W-2

N Th

e G

DW-2

N c

onde

nsat

e dr

ain

pum

p ha

s a

lead

with

5 w

ires

(wire

cro

ss-s

ectio

n 0,

75m

m²).

The

br

own

wire

is to

be

conn

ecte

d to

the

L te

rmin

al, t

he b

lue

wire

to th

e N

term

inal

, and

the

yello

w-g

reen

w

ire to

the

PE te

rmin

al. F

or w

ire e

ndin

gs u

se e

nd-tu

bes.

The

pum

p an

d th

e al

arm

are

sec

ured

with

50

0 m

A de

laye

d. T

he b

lack

and

the

grey

wire

are

to b

e co

nnec

ted

for t

he a

larm

.

Safe

ty C

onta

ct A

larm

Th

e FR

AVID

GD

W-

2N p

ump

syst

em c

omes

with

a fl

oatin

g co

ntac

t. W

hen

the

wat

er le

vel r

ises

abo

ve a

ce

rtain

poi

nt,

the

cont

act

is a

ctua

ted

caus

ing

the

unit

to s

witc

h of

f vi

a a

rela

y (a

lread

y pr

esen

t at

the

in

stal

latio

n si

te) o

r sou

nd a

n al

arm

. A s

afet

y de

vice

of 5

00 m

A d

elay

ed is

inse

rted

.

- 3 -

94m

m

+/- 2

mm

60m

m

+/- 2

mm

Lege

nd:

P1

pum

p S3

liq

uid-

leve

l con

trolle

r ON

/OFF

F1

fu

se 5

00 m

A de

laye

d/pu

mp

F2

liqui

d-le

vel c

ontro

ller

EMER

GEN

CY

OFF

(ala

rm)

bn

brow

n sw

bl

ack

gr

grey

bl

bl

ue

ge/g

n ye

llow

/gre

en

L po

wer

sup

ply

L co

nduc

tor

N

N te

rmin

al

PE

PE c

ondu

ctor

F3

ov

ervo

ltage

pro

tect

ion

(var

isto

r)

R2

pow

er re

gula

tor

F2

fuse

500

mA

dela

yed/

alar

m F5

fu

se 0

,5 A

ser

vice

on

the

part

of

the

build

er

Lege

nd/P

late

: L

pow

er s

uppl

y in

put (

brow

n)

N

pow

er s

uppl

y in

put (

blue

) P

prot

ectiv

e gr

ound

ing

N

et/P

ump

(yel

low

/gre

en)

A1

alar

m c

onta

ct in

put (

blac

k)

A2

alar

m c

onta

ct o

utpu

t (gr

ey)

P1

Net

pha

se to

pum

pe (b

lack

) P2

N-

cond

ucto

r pum

p (b

lack

) S

W1/

SW

2 m

ake

cont

act t

o flo

at s

witc

h (w

hite

) V

1/V

2 al

arm

con

tact

to fl

oat s

witc

h (b

row

n))

F1

fuse

500

mA

dela

yed

alar

m F2

fu

se 5

00 m

A de

laye

d pu

mp

R2

pow

er re

gula

tor

Dimensions in mm

Operating instructions Actuator Type BN-20C1E – S093 On-Off/Floating, 20 Nm

Power consumption Torque in Nm Supply voltage Product

Operating Stop

20 24V AC/DC BN-20C1E 7,0VA / 4,0W 1,0W

Technical data

Nominal voltage AC 24V +/- 20% 50/60Hz, DC 24-36V +/- 10%

Protection class III (Safety low voltage)

Protection degree IP55

Actuator features

Synchronization +/- 5%

Rotation direction Selectable via switch L/R

Angle of rotation Maximum 95°

Manual adjustment One-handed positioning, without disengaging of gears

Running time 90 sec. (+/- 5%), independent of load

Noise emission level < 35 dB(A)

Position indicator Mechanical

Ambient temperature -30… +50°C

Storage temperature -40 …+80°C

Ambient humidity 5… 95% rH

Weight 850g

Maintenance Maintenance free

Connection cable 3 x 0,75mm²

Wiring diagram

Manual setting Press the red button when the actuator is connected to the power supply Turn the actuator slowly into the desired position Always wait for a stillstand before performing manual adjustments or changing the sense of rotation Turn against limit stops slowly

Selector switch for control signal and sense of rotation

Safety instructions Establish the electrical connection of the unit according to the currently valid standards and directives as well as legal regulations. Only the manufacturer is allowed to open the housing. The unit connection cable can not be replaced. We recommend replacing the actuator, if the cable is damaged. BA_BN-20C1E-S093_gb / 8.2007

Button to disconnect power supply

Dimensions in mm

Operating instructions Actuator Type BE-20P1E – S191 Proportional 0/2…10V, 20 Nm

Torque in Nm

Supply voltage Product

Power consumption

Maximum Operating Stop

20 24V AC/DC BE-20P1E 20,0VA/14,0W 9,0VA/6W 0,5W

Technical data

Nominal voltage AC 24V +/- 20% 50/60Hz, DC 24-36V +/- 10%

Protection class III SELV (Safety low voltage)

Protection degree IP55

Actuator features

Synchronization +/- 5%

Rotation direction Selectable via switch CW/CCW

Angle of rotation Maximum 95°

Manual adjustment One-handed positioning, without disengaging of gears

Running time 90 sec. (+/- 5%), independent of load, fail safe 60 sec.

Noise emission level Motor < 35 dB(A)

Position indicator Mechanical

Ambient temperature -20 to +50°C

Storage temperature -40 to +70°C

Ambient humidity 5 to 95% rH

Weight 950g

Maintenance Maintenance free

Working area 0... 10V or 2…10V, selectable via switch

Input resistance >100 k Ω

Output signal DC 2... 10V for 0... 100%

Connection cable 4 x 0,75mm²

Wiring diagram

Manual setting Press the red button when the actuator is connected to the power supply Turn the actuator slowly into the desired position Always wait for a stillstand before performing manual adjustments or changing

the sense of rotation Turn against limit stops slowly

Safety instructions Establish the electrical connection of the unit according to the currently valid standards and directives as well as legal regulations. Only the manufacturer is allowed to open the housing. The unit connection cable can not be replaced. We recommend replacing the actuator, if the cable is damaged. Attention! The actuator does not react to any travel commands for approx. 120 sec. after the supply voltage is connected (to line1 and 2) and the voltage has failed.

BA_BE-20P1E-S191_en / 06.2010

Button to disconnect power supply

Project-Related Appendix

8-0p

roja

rit-g

b-01

-021

0.fm


8

8 Project-Related Appendix

Refrigeration Diagrams*

Piping Sketch PKW*

Electric Diagrams

Spare Parts List

* as far as available


8-0projarit-gb-01-0210.fm

Project-Related Appendix

9 101 1152 8763 4 12 13 14 15

Ritta

l Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD-

3574

5 He

rbor

nTe

lefo

n: +

49 2

772

505-

0Te

lefa

x: +

49 2

772

505-

2700

08.0

2.11

M. K

öste

r

08.0

2.11

M. K

öste

r UKS-

DX 3

300.

760

16

9.2

3.1

48.3

11

c

da

13

6 5

78.2

2

9.1

14

15

8.4

16.1

9.3

8.1

b

16.2

16.3

10

1.1

1.2

1.3

16.4

16.5

16.6

12

16.7

PZH

PZH

PZH

TEPE

PE

35 x

1,5

a [m

m]

R40

7C

Emka

rate

RL

32-3

MAF

3 x

ZB45

b [m

m]

28 x

1,5

c [m

m]

16 x

1

d [m

m]

28 x

1,5

TEM

PER

ATU

RE S

ENSO

R

EVAP

OR

ATO

R

EXPA

NSI

ON

VAL

VE

DRY

ER

SIG

HT

GLA

SS

CO

MPR

ESSO

R

CO

NDEN

SER

INSU

LATI

ON

HO

SE

SCHR

ADER

VAL

VE

HIG

H PR

ESSU

RE

SWIT

CH

LOW

PRE

SSU

RE

SENS

OR

Atte

ntio

n:

All S

chra

der c

onne

ctio

ns m

ust b

e in

stal

led

with

spr

ing

valve

s

exce

pt h

igh

pres

sure

sw

itch

(Pos

.9).

CO

LLEC

TOR

SPEE

D C

ON

TRO

LLER

HIG

H PR

ESSU

RE

SENS

OR

SUPE

RHEA

T C

ONT

ROLL

ER

exte

rnal

Edite

d

Audi

ted

Nam

eD

ate

Con

d.M

odifi

catio

nD

ate

Nam

e

Des

igna

tion:

Rep

lace

s:

Ord

er n

o.:

We

rese

rve

all r

ight

s fo

r thi

s dr

awin

g.

It m

ust n

ot b

e re

prod

uced

or m

ade

avai

labl

e to

third

par

ties

or b

e m

isuse

d in

any

oth

er w

ay.

Rep

lace

d by

:RE

FRIG

ERAT

ION

CIRC

UIT

Dra

wing

:RO

TALO

CK

VALV

E

SOLE

NO

ID V

ALVE

(OPT

ION

)

OIL

SEP

ARAT

OR

(OPT

ION

)

NO

N-RE

TUR

N VA

LVE

(OPT

ION)

SHUT

-OFF

VAL

VE (O

PTIO

N)

Con

nect

ions

Ref

riger

ant

Oil

(PO

E)

Com

pres

sors

HO

T G

AS B

YPAS

S VA

LVE

(OPT

ION

)

MO

NOM

ETER

(OPT

ION

)

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp

Kund

e:cu

stom

er:

Betre

iber

:co

mpa

ny o

pera

ting:

Anla

gesy

stem

Anla

genb

ezei

chnu

ngsy

stem

des

igna

tion

Auf

trags

-Nr.

Ord

er N

o.

Dok

umen

tent

yp:

docu

men

t ty

pe:

Ger

äte-

Nr.

Uni

t No.

Zeic

hnun

gs-N

r.D

raw

ing

No.

We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.

Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.

RIT

TA

L G

mb

H &

Co

. K

G

RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Au

f dem

Stü

tzel

berg

D 3

5745

Her

born

Tele

fon

+49

(0)2

772/

505-

0Te

lefa

x +4

9 (0

)277

2/50

5-27

00

ww

w.ri

ttal.d

e

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Scha

ltung

sunt

erla

gen

Dia

gram

s A

nd C

hart

s

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Deu

tsch

Eng

lisch

Dec

kbla

ttfro

ntpa

geU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

091

26

FrankKJ30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.200911:15:36

Nr.:

Ände

rung

shin

wei

seN

ame

Dat

um

2.1

Urs

prun

gFr

ank

11.0

3.20

09

Vers

ion.

: 2.2

UK

S 3

30

0.7

60

-79

0

2.2

Bla

tt 10

+31+

34+4

0+50

+80+

81Fr

ank

29.0

9.20

09

Inh

alt

sv

erz

eic

hn

isC

on

ten

ts

Bla

ttsh

eet

Bes

chre

ibun

gde

scrip

tion

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CD

okum

ente

ntyp

docu

men

t ty

pe

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

tt

Dat

um

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp

Bearb

eiter

Geprü

ftNo

rmUr

spr.

Ersa

tz f.

Erse

tzt d.



UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lanIn

h_1

Inha

ltsve

rzei

chni

sC

onte

nts

UK

SPC

S+

Fran

kFr

ank

Mül

ler

26

11.0

3.20

0911

.03.

2009

Serie

1D

eckb

latt

front

page

02

Sch

altp

lan

2V

DE

-Nor

men

V

DE

-sta

ndar

ds

02 S

chal

tpla

n2.

1V

DE

-Nor

men

V

DE

-sta

ndar

ds

02 S

chal

tpla

n3

inte

rne-

Nor

men

in

tern

e-st

anda

rds

02 S

chal

tpla

n3.

1in

tern

e-N

orm

en

inte

rne-

stan

dard

s 02

Sch

altp

lan

8In

form

atio

n N

etz

A-B

info

rmat

ion

pow

er s

uppl

y A

-B

02 S

chal

tpla

n9

Um

scha

ltung

Net

z A

-Bch

ange

ove

r po

wer

sup

ply

A-B

02 S

chal

tpla

n10

Ein

spei

sung

su

pply

02

Sch

altp

lan

20Zu

luftv

entil

ator

su

pply

air

fan

02 S

chal

tpla

n30

Küh

len

cool

02

Sch

altp

lan

31K

ühle

n co

ol

02 S

chal

tpla

n34

Kon

dens

ator

lüfte

r co

nden

ser f

an

02 S

chal

tpla

n40

E-H

eizu

ng

elec

tric

heat

er

02 S

chal

tpla

n50

Dam

pfbe

feuc

hter

st

eam

hum

idifi

er

02 S

chal

tpla

n52

Hyg

rost

at

hygr

osta

t 02

Sch

altp

lan

60S

tellm

otor

se

rvo

mot

or

02 S

chal

tpla

n64

Kon

dens

at-H

ebep

umpe

co

nden

sate

dis

char

ge p

ump

02 S

chal

tpla

n65

Was

serw

arnu

ng

wat

er w

arni

ng

02 S

chal

tpla

n67

Dop

pelb

oden

-Dru

ckse

nsor

do

uble

floo

r pre

ssur

e se

nsor

02

Sch

altp

lan

68R

egel

fühl

er

cont

rol s

enso

r 02

Sch

altp

lan

69R

auch

-/Bra

ndm

elde

r sm

oke-

/fire

det

ecto

r 02

Sch

altp

lan

70Ü

berw

achu

ng

mon

itorin

g 02

Sch

altp

lan

72P

oten

tialfr

eie-

Kon

takt

e po

tent

ial-f

ree

cont

acts

02

Sch

altp

lan

80G

rund

boar

d ba

sic

boar

d 02

Sch

altp

lan

81S

chni

ttste

lle

inte

rface

02

Sch

altp

lan

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

EMV-

DO

KUM

ENTA

TIO

NEM

C-D

OC

UM

ENTA

TIO

N

EMIS

SIO

N :

EMIS

SIO

N :

IMM

UN

ITAE

T :

IMM

UN

ITY

:

EN 6

1000

-6-4

EN 6

1000

-6-2

EIN

HAL

TUN

G D

ER N

OR

M D

UR

CH

:ST

AND

ARD

CO

NFO

RM

ITY

BY:

- BES

TIMMU

NGSG

EMAE

SSE

VERW

ENDU

NG U

ND IN

STAL

LATIO

NEN

TSPR

ECHE

ND ZE

RTIFI

ZIERT

ER BA

UTEIL

E.- U

SE A

ND IN

STAL

LATIO

N AC

CORD

ING

TO D

EFIN

ITION

OF C

ERTIF

IED C

OMPO

NENT

S.

- EN

TSTO

ER- U

ND

SC

HU

TZBE

SCH

ALTU

NG

EN- I

NTE

RFE

REN

CE

AND

PR

OTE

CTI

VE

WIR

ING

S

DIE

SE M

ASSN

AHM

EN S

IND

DU

RC

H E

NTS

PREC

HEN

DE

EMV-

MES

SUN

GEN

VER

IFIZ

IER

T.TH

ESE

ARE

VER

IFIE

D B

YC

OR

RE

SP

ON

DIN

G E

MC

-TE

STS

.

RC

D (F

EHLE

RST

RO

MSC

HU

TZSC

HAL

TUN

G):

BEIM

EIN

SATZ

VO

N D

AMPF

BEFE

UC

HTE

RN

BIT

TEJU

MPE

RST

ELLU

NG

AU

F D

ER E

LEKT

RO

NIK

KAR

TE B

EAC

HTE

N.

DER

STA

ND

ARD

-FI-S

CH

UTZ

SCH

ALTE

R M

USS

VD

E066

4 EN

T-SP

REC

HEN

.

SIN

D F

REQ

UEN

ZUM

RIC

HTE

R E

ING

EBAU

T, K

ÖN

NEN

ALS

ALLE

INIG

E SC

HU

TZM

ASSN

AHM

E N

UR

ALL

STR

OM

SEN

SITI

VEFI

-SC

HU

TZSC

HAL

TER

VER

WEN

DET

WER

DEN

. DER

AU

SLÖ

SE-

STR

OM

SO

LLTE

300

mA

OD

ER 5

00m

A BE

TRAG

EN U

M E

IN A

US-

LÖSE

N D

UR

CH

ABL

EITS

TRÖ

ME

(CA.

200m

A JE

FU

) ZU

VER

-H

IND

ERN

.

MAX

.KU

RZS

CH

L.ST

RO

M: 6

kA

PRÜ

FSPA

NN

UN

G 1

000V

DIN

EN

602

04-1

SCH

UTZ

ART:

IP42

ELE

KTR

ISC

HE

AU

SRÜ

STU

NG

NAC

H:

ANFO

RD

ER

UN

GEN

FÜ

R N

IED

ERS

P.-

DIN

EN

604

39-1

SCH

ALTG

ERÄ

TEK

OM

BIN

ATIO

NEN

:

NET

ZAN

SCH

LUSS

MIT

PEN

-LEI

TER

L1L2

L3N

PE

PE

N4x

NET

ZAN

SC

HLU

SS-

KLE

MM

EN

IM E

-TE

IL

*

*BE

I NET

ZAN

SCH

LUSS

AU

S EI

NEM

TN

-C-V

ERSO

RG

UN

GS-

NET

Z, IS

T D

ER P

EN-L

EITE

R A

UF

DIE

PE-

KLEM

ME

ZULE

GEN

. DIE

NO

TWEN

DIG

E BR

UEC

KE IS

T M

IT G

LEIC

HEM

QU

ERSC

HN

ITT

ZUR

N-K

LEM

ME

ZU F

UEH

REN

.D

IE V

ARIA

NTE

, DAS

S EI

N T

N-C

-SYS

TEM

AU

S E

INEM

TN-S

-SYS

TEM

EN

TSTE

HT,

IST

UN

ZULA

ESS

IG.

DIN

VD

E 01

00 T

EIL

540

(IEC

603

64-5

-546

.2.3

).

TN-C

-VER

SOR

GU

NG

SNET

Z

VE

RT

EIL

UN

GS

SY

ST

EM

E (

NE

TZ

FO

RM

EN

)

NET

ZAN

SCH

LUSS

MIT

PE/

N-L

EITE

R

L1L2

L3N

PE

PE

5x

NET

ZAN

SC

HLU

SS-

KLE

MM

EN

IM E

-TE

IL

TN-S

-VER

SOR

GU

NG

SNET

Z

N

NET

ZAN

SCH

LUSS

MIT

N-L

EITE

R

L1L2

L3N

PE

4x

*

*BE

I NET

ZAN

SCH

LUSS

AU

S EI

NEM

TT-

VER

SOR

GU

NG

S-N

ETZ,

SIN

D A

LLE

ZU S

CH

UET

ZEN

DEN

KO

ERPE

RAN

EIN

EN G

EMEI

NSA

MEN

SEP

ARAT

EN E

RD

ER A

NZU

-SC

HLI

ESS

EN.

EIN

E VE

RBI

ND

UN

G N

-PE

IM G

ESAM

TEN

NET

ZVER

LAU

F IS

T U

NZU

LAES

SIG

.

TT-V

ERSO

RG

UN

GSN

ETZ

N

NET

ZAN

SC

HLU

SS-

KLE

MM

EN

IM E

-TE

IL

PE

SCH

UTZ

MAS

SNAH

MEN

MIT

SC

HU

TZLE

ITER

AUTO

MAT

ISC

HE

ABSC

HAL

TUN

G D

UR

CH

UEB

ERST

RO

M-S

CH

UTZ

EIN

RIC

HTU

NG

EN.

SYS

TEM

UN

AB

HAE

NG

IGE

SC

HU

TZM

AS

SN

AH

MEN

DIE

STE

UER

-U.R

EGEL

SPAN

NU

NG

24V

AC/D

C W

IRD

ALS

PE

LV

(FU

NKT

ION

SKLE

INSP

ANN

UN

G M

IT S

ICH

ERER

TR

ENN

UN

G)

NAC

H V

DE

0100

TEI

L 41

0 AU

SGEF

UEH

RT.

BEI A

NSC

HLU

SS A

N E

IN T

T-N

ETZ

IST

EIN

E SI

CH

ERE

ABS

CH

AL-

TUN

G N

UR

DU

RC

H Z

US

AE

TZLI

CH

EN E

INS

ATZ

EIN

ES B

AU

SE

ITIG

EN

RC

D (F

EHLE

RST

RO

M-S

CH

UTZ

SCH

ALTE

R) Z

U E

RR

EIC

HEN

!

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

VD

E-N

orm

enVD

E-st

anda

rds

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092

26

FrankKJ13:51:14 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

EMV-

DO

KUM

ENTA

TIO

NEM

C-D

OC

UM

ENTA

TIO

NEM

ISS

ION

:EM

ISS

ION

:IM

MU

NIT

AET

:IM

MU

NIT

Y :

EN 5

0081

-2

EN 6

1000

-6-4

EIN

HAL

TUN

G D

ER N

OR

M D

UR

CH

:ST

AND

ARD

CO

NFO

RM

ITY

BY:

- BE

STI

MM

UN

GSG

EM

AE

SS

E V

ER

WEN

DU

NG

UN

D IN

STA

LLAT

ION

ENTS

PREC

HEN

D Z

ERTI

FIZI

ERTE

R B

AUTE

ILE.

- USE

AN

D IN

STAL

LATI

ON

AC

CO

RD

ING

TO D

EFI

NIT

ION

OF

CE

RTI

FIE

D C

OM

PO

NE

NTS

.- E

NTS

TOER

- UN

D S

CH

UTZ

BESC

HAL

TUN

GEN

- IN

TER

FER

ENC

E AN

D P

RO

TEC

TIV

E W

IRIN

GS

DIE

SE M

ASSN

AHM

EN S

IND

DU

RC

H E

NTS

PREC

HEN

DE

EMV-

MES

SUN

GEN

VER

IFIZ

IER

T.TH

ESE

ARE

VER

IFIE

D B

YC

OR

RES

PON

DIN

G E

MC

-TES

TS.

RC

D (F

AULT

CU

RR

ENT

PRO

TEC

TIVE

CIR

CU

IT):

WIT

H T

HE

USE

OF

STE

AM H

UM

IDIF

IER

S R

EQU

EST

JUM

PER

ON

TH

E EL

ECTR

ON

ICS

MAP

ATT

ENTI

ON

.

THE

STAN

DAR

D R

CB

PRO

TEC

TIV

E SW

ITC

H M

UST

TO

VD

E 06

64C

OR

RES

PON

DIN

G.

FREQ

UEN

CY

STAT

IC F

REQ

UEN

CY

CH

ANG

ERS

ARE

INSE

RTE

D,

ABIL

ITY

AS

EXC

LUSI

VE P

RE

VEN

TIVE

MEA

SUR

EU

SES

ON

LY A

LLST

RO

MSE

NS

ITIV

E R

CB

-PR

OTE

CTI

VE S

WIT

CH

ES.

THE

TRIG

GER

CU

RR

ENT

SHO

ULD

300

MA

OR

500

MA

AM

OU

NTE

D T

O A

RO

UN

D R

ELE

ASI

NG

BY D

ERIV

ING

STR

EAM

(CA.

200M

A FO

R E

ACH

FU

) TO

PREV

ENTI

NG

.

MAX.

PRO

SPEC

TIVE

CURR

ENT O

F A C

IRCU

IT: 6k

A

TEST

ING

VO

LTAG

E 10

00V

DIN

EN

602

04-1

ENC

LOSU

RE:

IP42

ELE

CTR

ICA

L E

QU

IPM

ENT

AFT

ER:

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NTS

FO

R L

OW

-VO

LTA

GE

DIN

EN

604

39-1

SWIT

CH

GE

AR

CO

MBI

NAT

ION

S:

MAIN

S CO

NNEC

TION

WITH

PEN

LEAD

ER

L1L2

L3N

PE

PE

N4x

MAI

NS

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

CLA

MP

S IN

TH

E E

-PA

RT

*

*Fo

r sup

ply

from

a T

N-C

sup

ply

netw

ork

the

PE

N-c

ondu

ctor

mus

t be

conn

ecte

d to

the

PE

term

inal

.A

brid

ge w

ith th

e sa

me

cros

s-se

ctio

nm

ust c

onne

ct it

to th

e N

term

inal

.It

is n

ot a

llow

ed to

con

figur

e a

TN-C

-sys

tem

of a

TN

-S-s

yste

m.

DIN

VD

E 0

100

TEIL

540

(IE

C 6

0364

-5-5

46.2

.3).

TN-C

sup

ply

netw

ork

Dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems

(mai

ns ty

pes)

MAIN

S CO

NNEC

TION

WITH

PEN

LEAD

ER

L1L2

L3N

PEP

E5x

MAI

NS

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

CLA

MP

S IN

TH

E E

-PA

RT

TN-S

sup

ply

netw

ork

N

MAIN

S CO

NNEC

TION

WITH

N-LE

ADER

L1L2

L3N

PE

4x

*

*Fo

r sup

ply

from

a T

T su

pply

net

wor

kal

l ite

ms

to b

e pr

otec

ted

mus

t be

conn

ecte

dto

a s

epar

ate

earth

con

duct

or.

A co

nnec

tion

betw

een

N a

nd P

E is

forb

idde

nin

the

entir

e m

ains

.TT s

uppl

y ne

twor

k

N

MAI

NS

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

CLA

MP

S IN

TH

E E

-PA

RT

PE

Prot

ectiv

e m

easu

res

with

pro

tect

ive

earth

con

duct

or

Auto

mat

ic s

hut-o

ff by

ove

rcur

rent

pro

tect

ion

devi

ces

Syst

em in

depe

nden

t pro

tect

ive

mea

sure

s

The

cont

rol a

nd re

gula

tor v

olta

ge c

ircui

ts w

ith 2

4 VA

C/D

C a

rese

tup

as P

ELV

(func

tiona

l low

vol

tage

with

saf

e se

para

tion)

to V

DE

010

0 pa

rt 41

0.

For c

onne

ctio

n to

a T

T-ne

t, sa

fe s

hut-o

ff m

ust b

e en

sure

dby

inst

alla

tion

of a

n ad

ditio

nal o

n-si

teR

CD

(Fau

lt cu

rrent

bre

aker

)

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

VD

E-N

orm

enVD

E-st

anda

rds

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

126

FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

inte

rne-

Nor

men

inte

rne-

stan

dard

sU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

093

26

FrankKJ13:52:50 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009

AC

HTU

NG

!

SC

HA

LTS

CH

RA

NK

:

GER

AET

:LE

ITU

NG

EN

MIT

FA

RBI

GE

N A

DE

RN

L1 S

CH

WAR

ZL2

BR

AUN

L3 S

CH

WAR

ZN

B

LAU

PE G

RU

EN/G

ELB

VER

DR

AHTU

NG

H07

V-K

max

.700

VAD

ERFA

RBE

N S

.U. T

ABEL

LE

AC

HTU

NG

ELE

KTR

O-IN

STA

LLA

TEU

R !

BIT

TE D

IE E

XTE

RN

EN K

ABE

L A

US

RE

ICH

EN

D (C

A.2

M A

B E

-TE

IL-

EIN

FUEH

RU

NG

) BE

ME

SS

EN

, DA

DIE

KAB

EL

TEIL

WEI

SE

DIR

EK

T

AU

F D

IE B

AU

TEIL

E A

UFG

ELE

GT

WE

RD

EN M

UES

SE

N.

HIN

WEI

S ZU

R B

AUTE

ILBE

SCH

RIF

TUN

G:

z.B

.:

70K1

K= S

CH

UET

Z/R

ELAI

S B=

FUEH

LER

USW

.70

K1 - F

ORTL

AUFE

NDE

NUMM

ERIER

UNG

70=S

EITE

NZAH

L/10

.B3

QU

ERVE

RW

EISE

= S

EITE

UN

D S

TRO

MPF

ADW

O W

EITE

RE

ELEM

ENTE

DES

BAU

TEIL

SPL

ATZI

ERT

SIN

D

EIN

-/MEH

RD

RAE

HTI

G 5

0QM

M /

AE-H

UEL

SE 3

5QM

M

EIN

SP

EIS

UN

G: 4

00V

/3~/

N/P

E/5

0Hz

MAX

. AN

SCH

LUS

SQU

ER

SCH

NIT

T:

MIN

. AN

SCH

LUS

SQU

ERSC

HN

ITT:

ACH

TUN

G:

KLEI

NST

ER L

EITE

RQ

UER

SCH

NIT

T N

ACH

DIN

VD

E 01

00 T

EIL

430

AUSG

EWAE

HLT

:JE

NAC

H S

PAN

NU

NG

SFAL

L LE

ITER

-Q

UER

SCH

NIT

T G

GF.

ER

HO

EHEN

.BE

I BAU

SEIT

IGEN

SC

HU

TZO

RG

ANEN

IST

AU

F SE

LEKT

IVIT

AET

ZU

AC

HTE

N !

BAU

SEIT

.VO

RSI

CH

ERU

NG

3x10

A3x

16/2

0A3x

25A

3x35

A3x

50A

3x63

A3x

80A

3x10

0A

10 q

mm

16 q

mm

25 q

mm

35 q

mm

MIN

. AN

SC

HLU

SSQ

UE

RSC

HN

ITT:

4Q

MM

4 qm

m4

qmm

4 qm

m6

qmm

VE

RD

RA

HTU

NG

:E

INSP

EIS

UN

GN

EUTR

ALLE

ITE

R N

SCH

UTZ

LEIT

ER P

ELE

ITER

-/G

ND

AU

SS

EN

LEIT

ER

L1-

3LE

ITE

R +

/L

HAU

PTS

TRO

MK

RE

IS 2

30/4

00V

AC

VE

RS

OR

GU

NG

SN

ETZ

STE

UE

R-/R

EG

ELS

TRO

MK

RE

IS 2

30V

AC

STE

UE

RTR

AN

SFO

RM

ATO

R

STEU

ER-/R

EGE

LSTR

OM

KR

EIS

24VA

CN

ETZT

EIL

AC/D

C F

ÜR

PEL

V

STEU

ER-/R

EG

ELS

TRO

MKR

EIS

24V

DC

NET

ZTEI

L AC

/DC

FÜ

R P

ELV

KLEI

NS

PAN

NU

NG

DC

REG

LER

EIN

-/AU

SGA

NG

OH

NE

SYS

TEM

MA

SS

E

FUE

HLE

RLE

ITU

NG

PO

TEN

TIA

LFR

EIE

KO

NTA

KTE

HE

LLB

LAU

- LB

US

CH

WA

RZ

- BK

GR

ÜN

/GE

LB- G

NYE

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

RO

T/S

CH

WA

RZ

- RD

BK

RO

T/G

ELB

- RD

YE

RO

T- R

DDU

NKEL

BLAU

/WEI

SS- D

BUW

H

DU

NK

ELB

LAU

- DB

U

GR

AU

- GY

OR

AN

GE

- OG

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

DU

NK

ELB

LAU

- DB

U

DUNK

ELBL

AU/W

EISS

- DBU

WH

DUNK

ELBL

AU/W

EISS

- DBU

WH

Von

der N

etzt

renn

einr

icht

ung

ausg

e-no

mm

ene

Stro

mkr

eise

OR

ANG

E-O

GO

RAN

GE-

OG

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

CA

UTI

ON

!

SWIT

CH

CAB

INET

UN

ITLI

NES

WIT

H C

OLO

RED

VEI

NS

L1 B

LAC

KL2

BR

OW

NL3

BLA

CK

N B

LUE

PE G

REE

N/Y

ELLO

W

WIR

ING

H07

V-K

max

. 700

VVE

IN C

OLO

UR

S S

EE B

ELO

W T

ABL

E

ATTE

NTI

ON

ELE

CTR

ICAL

INST

ALLA

TEU

R!

AS

K T

HE

EX

TER

NA

L C

AB

LES

SU

FFIC

IEN

T(A

PP

RO

X. 2

M S

TAR

TIN

G F

RO

M E

-PA

RT-

INTR

OD

UC

TIO

N) M

EA

SU

RIN

G,

THER

E TH

E C

ABLE

S PA

RTI

AL D

IREC

T O

N T

HE

CO

NST

RU

CTI

ON

UN

ITS

Not

e co

ncer

ning

com

pone

nt la

belin

gfo

r exa

mpl

e:

70K1 /10.B3

whe

re fu

rther

ele

men

ts o

f the

com

pone

nts

are

show

n.

VER

DR

AHTU

NG

:W

IRIN

G:

EIN

SPEI

SUN

GFE

EDIN

GN

EUTR

ALLE

ITER

NNE

UTRA

L CON

DUCT

OR N

SCH

UTZ

LEIT

ER P

EPR

OTEC

TIVE

COND

UCTO

R PE

LEIT

ER -/

GN

DC

ON

DU

CTO

R -/

GN

DAU

SSEN

LEIT

ER L

1-3

PHAS

E CON

DUCT

OR L1

-3

LEIT

ER +

/LC

ON

DU

CTO

R +

/L

HAU

PTST

RO

MKR

EIS

230/

400V

ACVE

RSO

RG

UN

GSN

ETZ

SUPP

LY M

AIN

SP

OW

ER C

IRC

UIT

230

/400

VA

C

STEU

ER-/R

EGEL

STR

OM

KREI

S 23

0VAC

STEU

ERTR

ANSF

OR

MAT

OR

CO

NTR

OL

CIR

CU

IT 2

30VA

CC

ON

TRO

L TR

ANS

FOR

MER

STEU

ER-/R

EGEL

STR

OM

KREI

S 24

VAC

NET

ZTEI

L AC

/DC

FÜ

R P

ELV

CO

NTR

OL

CIR

CU

IT 2

4VA

CPO

WER

PAC

K AC

/DC

FO

R P

ELV

STEU

ER-/R

EGEL

STR

OM

KREI

S 24

VDC

NET

ZTEI

L AC

/DC

FÜ

R P

ELV

CO

NTR

OL

CIR

CU

IT 2

4VD

CPO

WER

PAC

K AC

/DC

FO

R P

ELV

KLEI

NSP

ANN

UN

G D

CR

EGLE

REI

N-/A

USG

ANG

OH

NE

SYST

EMM

ASSE

CO

NTR

OLL

ER IN

-/OU

TPU

T

LOW

VO

LTAG

EW

ITH

OU

T EA

RTH

ED S

YSTE

M

FUEH

LER

LEIT

UN

GSE

NSO

R W

IRIN

G

Von

der N

etzt

renn

einr

icht

ung

ausg

enom

men

e St

rom

krei

sePO

TEN

TIAL

FR

EE C

ON

TAC

TS

HEL

LBLA

U- L

BUSC

HW

ARZ

- BK

LIG

HTB

LUE

BLAC

KG

RÜ

N/G

ELB

- GN

YEG

REE

N/Y

ELLO

W

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

EEN

/YEL

LOW

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

EEN

/YEL

LOW

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

EEN

/YEL

LOW

RO

T/SC

HW

ARZ

- RD

BKR

OT/

GE

LB- R

DYE

RED

/BLA

CK

RE

D/Y

ELL

OW

RO

T- R

DR

ED

DU

NKE

LBAU

- DBU

DAR

KBLU

E

GR

AU- G

YG

REY

OR

ANG

E- O

GO

RAN

GE

GR

ÜN

/GEL

B- G

NYE

GR

EEN

/YEL

LOW

DU

NKE

LBAU

- DBU

DU

NKE

LBLA

U/W

EISS

- DBU

WH

DAR

KBLU

ED

ARKB

LUE/

WH

ITE

Cau

tion:

The

smal

lest

con

duct

or c

ross

-sec

tion

toD

IN V

DE

0100

Par

t 430

has

bee

n se

lect

ed:

depe

ndin

g on

the

volta

ge d

rop

incr

ease

as

requ

ired.

Con

cern

ing

on-s

ite p

rote

ctiv

e de

vice

sen

sure

sel

ectiv

ity!

DU

NKE

LBLA

U/W

EISS

- DBU

WH

DAR

KBLU

E/W

HIT

E

DU

NKE

LBLA

U/W

EISS

DAR

KBLU

E/W

HIT

E

K=

Con

tact

or /

Rel

ay B

= S

enso

r etc

.

70K

1 - C

ontin

uous

num

berin

g 7

0=P

age

Num

ber

Cro

ss-r

efer

ence

s =

Pag

e an

d cu

rren

t pat

h

:

:P

RE

SE

NTE

D H

AV

ING

.

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

inte

rne-

Nor

men

inte

rne-

stan

dard

sU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

093.

126

FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009

Sing

le-/m

ulti-

cond

ucto

r 50Q

MM

/ AE

-CAS

E 35

QM

M

POW

ER S

UPP

LY: 4

00V3

PH/N

/PE/

50H

z

MAX

. CO

NN

ECTI

ON

CR

OSS

SEC

TIO

N:

MIN

. CR

OSS

-SEC

TIO

N F

OR

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

:on

site

fuse

:

MIN

. CR

OSS

-SEC

TIO

N F

OR

CO

NN

ECTI

ON

: 4Q

MM

3x10

A3x

16/2

0A3x

25A

3x35

A3x

50A

3x63

A3x

80A

3x10

0A

10 q

mm

16 q

mm

25 q

mm

35 q

mm

4 qm

m4

qmm

4 qm

m6

qmm

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Info

rmat

ion

Net

z A-

Bin

form

atio

n po

wer

sup

ply

A-B

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

09Fr

ank

826

FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009

PEPE

N

N

N

N

NN

N

N

N N N

PE

PE

N

N

N

N

NN

N

N

N N N

PE

N.A

N.B

N1

-9K1 / 7

-9K2 / 7

-9K2 / 8-9K1 / 8

Netz ANetz B

Netz B

Netz A-9K1 / A2

-9K2 / A2

-10G

1

-34A

1

-64M

1

Um

rüst

ung

der S

tand

ard-

Kle

mm

leis

te 6

3211

033

bei U

msc

haltu

ng N

etz

A-B

Bau

seiti

ge V

orsi

cher

ung

= 63

A<

-max

.Ans

chl.Q

uers

chni

tt 16

qmm

"e" /

25q

mm

"f"

-Erw

eite

rung

mit

2 K

lem

men

N.A

/ N

.B. 6

3210

455

16/2

5qm

m

"e" e

indr

ähtig

"f" fe

indr

ähtig

PE

PE

N.A

N.B

NN

.AN

.BN1

N

Netz A

Netz B

Netz B

Netz A-9K1 / 7

-9K2 / 7

-9K2 / 8-9K1 / 8

-9K1 / A2

-9K2 / A2

-10G

1

-34A

1

-64M

1

Bau

seiti

ge V

orsi

cher

ung

= 80

A-m

ax.A

nsch

l.Que

rsch

nitt

35qm

m "e

" + "f

"2

PE

-Kle

mm

en 6

3210

453

35qm

m3

N-K

lem

men

632

1045

2 35

qmm

3 N

-Kle

mm

en 6

3210

454

4qm

m3

Red

uzie

rbrü

cker

32A

632

1913

1

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

I>I>

I>

/10.

A1

/10.

A1

/10.

A1

2L32L22L1

2T32T22T1

1L31L21L1

1T31T21T1

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Um

scha

ltung

Net

z A

-Bch

ange

ove

r pow

er s

uppl

y A-

BU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

09Fr

ank

926

FrankKJ11:32:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

A1 A2B1

/9.D

5

-9K

3

5sec

.0,

3..3

0s63

4440

43

A1 A2B1

/9.D

8

-9K

4

10se

c.0,

3..3

0s63

4440

43Le

vel:

350V

DPA

53C

M48

L1

L2

L3

-9F1

6344

3062

/9.C

518 16

15

A1-A

2: 23

0VA1

-B1:

24VA

C/DC

/9.C

718 16

15

A1-A

2: 23

0VA1

-B1:

24VA

C/DC

15 1618

/9.D

5

-9K

3

5sec.

15 1618

/9.D

8

-9K

4

10sec.

13

5

24

61,

4-2,

0A2,

0A

-9Q

2

6330

6040

A1 A2/9

.D6

-9K

5

6344

0064

/9.B

5

/9.B

814 1211

24 2221

34 3231

4241

44

11 1214

/9.D

6

-9K

511 12

14

-9F1

L1A-

B

L2A-

B

L3A-

B

21 C2A

-9F2

6395

0134

21 2224

/9.D

6

-9K

5

N.A

PE-E

inspe

isung

X1N

.A

-Eins

peisu

ng X1

PE-E

inspe

isung

PE

-Eins

peisu

ngN.

A

L1.A

L2.A

L3.A

-Eins

peisu

ngL1

.A

-Eins

peisu

ngL2

.A

-Eins

peisu

ngL3

.A

L1.B

L2.B

L3.B

-Eins

peisu

ngL1

.B

-Eins

peisu

ngL2

.B

-Eins

peisu

ngL3

.B

N.B

PE-E

inspe

isung

X1N

.B

-Eins

peisu

ng X1

-PE

PE-E

inspe

isung

PE

-Eins

peisu

ngN.

B

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

BKBK

BK

BK BK BK

BK BK BK BK BK BK

BK BK BK BK BK

LBU

LBU

BKBK

BKBK

BK

BK

/9.A3/9.A3/9.A3/9.E3/9.E3/9.E3

-9Q

180

A37

KW63

3104

07

1L1

1T1/9.D1

-9Q1 1L2

1T2

1L3

1T3

2L1

2T1/9.D2

-9Q1 2L2

2T2

2L3

2T3

A1 A2/9

.D5

-9K

1

6343

0277

1 3 5 78642

/9.A

4/9

.A4

/9.A

4/9

.A4

3

4

5

6

A1 A2/9

.D7

-9K

2

6343

0277

1 3 5 78642

/9.E

4/9

.E4

/9.E

4/9

.E4

1

2/9.D7

-9K2 3

4

5

67

8

7

8

LBU

LBU

NN

NN

NN

13 14/9

.E5

-9K

113 14

/9.E

7

-9K

2

21 22/9

.E5

-9K

121 22

/9.E

7

-9K

2

14 2213 21

/9.C

2/9

.B7

14 2213 21

/9.C

3/9

.B5

1.2

N-X

3/70

.A2

/70.A

5

1624

DC/B

SK.1

-X3

1724

DC/B

SK.1

LBU

LBU

BK

Net

z A

Ein/8

0.D

6-8

0A2

DI1

3

ID13

Net

z B

Ein/8

0.D

6-8

0A2

DI1

4

ID14

J8

1

2/9.D5

-9K1

-Eins

peisu

ng X1

N.B

-Eins

peisu

ng X1

N.A

.PE

Que

r-br

ücke

r

-X1

-X1

-X1

-X1

Netz Apower supply A

Netz Bpower supply B

Net

z A

pow

er s

uppl

y A

Net

z B

pow

er s

uppl

y B

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

-9W

1BK G

NYE

BN BK BU

-9W

2BK BN BK BU G

NYE

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

/20.

A1

/20.

A1

/20.

A1

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Eins

peis

ung

supp

lyU

KS

PCS+

/31.

E1

/31.

D1

/40.

A1

/40.

A1

/40.

A1

/9.A

8

/9.A

8

/9.A

8

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2Br

ücke

X3/

3.2-

4.2

29.09

.09Fra

nk10

26

FrankKJ11:51:50 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

BK BK BK

BK

DBUW

H

DBU

DBU

DBU

LBU

1L1

1L2

1L3

N PEL1 L2 L3

-Eins

peisu

ng X1N

N

-Eins

peisu

ngL1

-Eins

peisu

ngL2

-Eins

peisu

ngL3

-Eins

peisu

ng X1PE

PE-E

inspe

isung

PE

PE

-Eins

peisu

ngNN

11

1214 /70.F3

-70K1

21 D6A

-10F

1

6395

5013

-X1

/10.E

3/34

.B6

1N

.1

/64.E

2-X

1/10

.E5

/34.B

6

1N

.2

/64.E

2

GNYE

24AC

-N

24AC

-LR

D

RDWH

2L3

2L2

2L1

BKBKBK

-X1

/10.B

512

.1-X

1/10

.B5

12.2

-X1

/10.C

513

.1-X

1/10

.C5

13.2

.2PE

-X1

7

/64.E

3

-X3

/20.A

8/50

.E7

924

DC.1

/10.E

6.2

PE-X

33

-X3

/10.E

6/20

.C3

/20.C

5

424

GND

.2-X

3/10

.E6

/20.C

3/20

.C5

424

GND

.1-X

4/68

.C3

/67.C

4

324

GND

.1

DBUW

H

-X4

/68.C

3/67

.C4

124

DC/B

SK.1

DBU

-X3

/20.E

7/65

.E3

524

GND

.1

-X3

/31.D

5/65

.C3

/65.C

3

1424

DC/B

SK.1

-X3

/20.A

1/60

.D2

/64.C

3

1324

DC/B

SK.1

GNYE

1L1 3L2 5L3

2T1 4T2 6T3

100A-1

0Q1

6331

0405

L3A-

B

L2A-

B

L1A-

B

2AmT

6,3Am

T

2A3,1

5A24

VAC 6A

24VD

C

230VAC

-10G

10

230

24 0 + -

PE

6335

2052

/10.E

6.1

PE-X

33

Reg

elsp

annu

ng 2

4V-

cont

rol v

olta

ge 2

4V-

10-Einspeisung 1/Vers.1.1.0/28.09.05/mim

38kV

A /

55A

63A

Net

zein

spei

sung

: 400

V/3

~/N

/PE

/50H

zpo

wer

sup

ply:

400

V/3

~/N

/PE

/50H

z

16qm

m

**

**B

ei V

aria

nte

Gru

ndge

rät m

it O

ptio

n E

-Hei

zung

ode

r / u

nd D

ampf

befe

ucht

erer

folg

t die

Ein

spei

sung

von

-40Q

1 / -

50Q

1 di

rekt

vom

Hau

ptsc

halte

r dur

ch 2

L1-3

.A

t var

ianc

e ba

sic

unit

with

opt

ion

elec

tric

heat

er o

r / a

nd s

team

hum

idifi

ersu

pply

-40Q

1 / -

50Q

1 is

effe

cted

dire

ctly

via

the

mai

n sw

itch

by 2

L1-3

.

80A

25qm

m

16qm

m

52kV

A /

76A

49kV

A /

71A

52kV

A /

76A

80A

80A

25qm

m

25qm

m

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

*

*

Not

-Aus

ext

ern

Brüc

ke e

ntfe

rnen

bei

Ans

chlu

ssem

erge

ncy-

stop

ext

erna

lre

mov

e co

nnec

tion

at c

onne

ctio

n

Gru

ndau

ssta

ttung

basi

c ve

rsio

nG

rund

auss

tattu

ng +

Opt

ion

E-H

eizu

ngba

sic

vers

ion

+op

tion

elec

tric

heat

er

Gru

ndau

ssta

ttung

+O

ptio

n Be

feuc

hter

basi

c ve

rsio

n +

optio

n hu

mid

ifier

Gru

ndau

ssta

ttung

+ O

ptio

nE-

Hei

zung

+ B

efeu

chte

rba

sic

vers

ion

+ op

tion

elec

tric

heat

er +

hum

idifi

er

*

Ansc

hlus

slei

stun

gco

nnec

ted

load

Baus

eitig

e Vo

rsic

heru

ngon

-site

line

fuse

min

. Ans

chlu

ssqu

ersc

hnitt

min

. cro

ss-s

ectio

n of

con

nect

ion

An

sc

hlu

ss

we

rte

co

nn

ecte

d lo

ad

BS

K-/R

egel

span

nung

24V

-fir

e pr

otec

tion

flap-

/con

trol v

olta

ge 2

4V-

**

****

Eins

peis

ung

(-10W

1 / -

10Q

1) e

ntfä

llt b

eiO

ptio

n "A

utom

atik

Net

z-U

msc

haltu

ng"

A-B

, Bla

tt 9

!su

pply

(-10

W1

/ -10

Q1)

not

app

licab

le if

optio

n "a

utom

atic

pow

er s

uppl

y-ch

ange

ove

r" A

-B, s

heet

9 !

GNYE

BU

-10W

1BK BN BK

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/10.

B8

/10.

B8

/10.

A8

/30.

A1

/30.

A1

/30.

A1

/30.

A1

/30.

E5

sieh

eQ

uerv

erw

eise

U

I>I>

I> KL1

KL4.2

KL4.1

TK TKDR

EHZA

HLST

OERU

NG ebm-

BUS

KL1

KL4.2

KL4.1

TK TKDR

EHZA

HLST

OERU

NG ebm-

BUS

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Zulu

ftven

tilat

orsu

pply

air

fan

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0920

26

FrankKJ11:50:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

11

22

33

GNYE

4

DBUD

BU

1L3

1L2

1L1

1L3

1L2

1L1

24D

C/B

SK

DBUW

H

DBU

24G

ND

DBU

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 1

-3/8

0.C

6-8

0A2

DO

04C

4

NO

4J1

3

/50.

B8

DO

05D

O06

/60.

B6 24D

CÜ

bers

trom

/Stö

rung

/80.

C5

-80A

2D

I04

ID4

J5

AO04

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 1

-3/8

0.C

4-8

0A2

Y4

J4

BKBK

BK

DBU

DBU

12

3GN

YE1

23

4

-X111L3 .1

-X110L2 .1

-X19L1 .1

-X19L1 .2

-X110L2 .2

-X111L3 .2

/20.C

4

.2PE

-X1

8

8PE

-X1 .3

/20.C

2

9L1-X1.3

10L2-X1.3

11L3-X1.3

-X3

/10.E

6/65

.E3

524

GND

.2

-X3

/10.D

8/50

.E7

924

DC.2

424GND-X3.3

424GND-X3.4

DBU

-X322.1 22

-X3.2

21-X3.2

-X320.1

20-X3.2

19-X3.2

-X319.1

-X3180-10V .1

-X3180-10V .2

180-10V-X3.3

-X3

/10.D

8/60

.D2

/64.C

3

1324

DC/B

SK.2

DBU A1 A2

/20.

E7

-20K

1

6343

2045

1 3 5 1314642

/20.

C2

/20.

C2

/20.

C2

13

5

24

6

/20.

E7

14-2

0A

-20Q

113 14

21 2263

4320

45

1 2/2

0.F7

-20K

13 4

5 6

380-

480V

/50-

60H

zR

SAR

SBP1

2,9

KW4,

6A

-20M

1

6353

1101

L1L2

L3PE

NCNO

COM

GND

0-10V

380-

480V

/50-

60H

zR

SAR

SBP1

2,9

KW4,

6A

-20M

2

6353

1101

L1L2

L3PE

NCNO

COM

GND

0-10V

1/6-20XS1

1/5-20XS2

1/6-20XS3

1/5-20XS4

2/6

3/6

PE/6

2/5

3/5

4/5

2/6

3/6

PE/6

2/5

3/5

4/5

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 1

supp

ly a

ir fa

n 1

20-21-Vent.ZU-FO-M90EC PCS/Rev.1.2/28.08.06/mim

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or E

insu

pply

air

fan

on

4G1,

55G

1,0

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 2

supp

ly a

ir fa

n 2

20XS

... L

eist

ung:

5po

l.+E/

16A

20XS

... S

teue

rung

: 4po

l.+E/

10A

Lüfte

r 1+2

: nur

mit

Que

rbrü

cker

21-

22

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

14A

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/20.

A3

/20.

A3

/20.

A3

/20.

A3

/34.

A1

U

I>I>

I>

/20.

E8/3

1.E7

/40.

B1

U

I>I>

I>si

ehe

Que

rver

wei

se

siehe

Mas

tersy

mbol

Span

ungs

verso

rg.sie

he M

aster

symb

olSp

anun

gsve

rsorg.

U

I>I>

I>

/64.

A2

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Kühl

enco

olU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0930

26

FrankKJ11:44:00 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

4,91

KW13

,1A

3~M

TK

T1

T2

T3

PE

-30M

1

6361

0539

4,91

KW13

,1A

3~M

TK

T1

T2

T3

PE

-30M

2

6361

0539

1L1

1L2

1L3

24D

C/B

SK

1L2

A1 A2/3

0.E5

-30K

1

6343

2043

1 3 5 1314642

/30.

B1/3

0.B2

/30.

B2/3

0.B2

1 2/3

0.E5

-30K

13 4

5 6

13 14

13

5

24

6

/30.

D5

11-1

6A

-30Q

113 14

21 2263

4320

43

24G

ND

24G

ND

DBUW

H

DBU

DBU

BK

BUBN

HP-3

0F1

6367

3069

GNYE

12

3

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

24D

C/B

SK

A1 A2/3

0.E6

-30K

2

6343

2043

1 3 5 1314642

/30.

B3/3

0.B3

/30.

B3/3

0.B3

13

5

24

6

/30.

D6

11-1

6A

-30Q

213 14

21 2263

4320

43

1 2/3

0.E6

-30K

23 4

5 6

13 14

Kälte

mas

chin

e 1

/80.

C7

-80A

2

DO

09C

9

NO

9J1

6

/30.

B6

DO

10D

O11

/30.

B7 24D

C

Kälte

mas

chin

e 1

/80.

C6

-80A

2D

I09

ID9

J7

Kälte

mas

chin

e 2

/80.

C6

-80A

2D

I10

ID10

J7DBU

DBU

12

3GN

YE

Kälte

mas

chin

e 2

/80.

C7

/30.

B6

-80A

2D

O10

NO

10J1

624D

C

DBU

BK

BUBN

HP-3

0F2

6367

3069

4,91

KW13

,1A

3~M

TK

T1

T2

T3

PE-3

0M3

6361

0539

Kälte

mas

chin

e 3

/80.

C7

/30.

B6

-80A

2D

O11

NO

11J1

624D

C A1 A2/3

0.E7

-30K

3

6343

2043

1 3 5 1314642

/30.

B4/3

0.B4

/30.

B4/3

0.B4

13

5

24

6

/30.

D7

11-1

6A

-30Q

313 14

21 2263

4320

43

1 2/3

0.E7

-30K

33 4

5 6

13 14

12

3GN

YE

Kälte

mas

chin

e 3

/80.

C6

-80A

2D

I11

ID11

J7

DBUBK

BUBN

HP-3

0F3

6367

3069

DBU

DBUD

BU

/30.D

3/30

.D4

.1PE

-X1

2

/34.B

7/30

.D2

/30.D

4

.2PE

-X1

2

/34.B

7

2PE

-X1 .3

/30.D

2/30

.D3

/34.B

7

-X3

/31.A

7/60

.A3

1024

DC.1

1L3

40-X

3.239

-X3.2

/30.D

7

-X3

/30.D

739

.138-X

3.2/30

.C7

-X3

/30.C

738

.1

37-X

3.236

-X3.2

/30.D

6

-X3

/30.D

636

.135-X

3.2/30

.C6

-X3

/30.C

635

.1

34-X

3.233

-X3.2

/30.D

5

-X3

/30.D

533

.1

-X3

/30.C

532

.1

32-X

3.2/30

.C5

30-KühlerVentil PCS/Rev.1.1/21.08.05/mim

Kälte

mas

chin

ere

frige

ratin

g m

achi

ne1

12

Kälte

mas

chin

ere

frige

ratin

g m

achi

ne2

Kälte

mas

chin

ere

frige

ratin

g m

achi

ne1

12

Kälte

mas

chin

ere

frige

ratin

g m

achi

ne2

Kälte

mas

chin

ere

frige

ratin

g m

achi

ne3

3Kä

ltem

asch

ine

refri

gera

ting

mac

hine

33

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

13,1

A13

,1A

13,1

A

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/30.

E8/4

0.E5

/10.

C8

/10.

C8

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Kühl

enco

olU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2-3

1W1

Art.N

r. in

Stü

li29

.09.09

Frank

3126

FrankKJ11:48:10 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

WH

BK

BU

BN

AB

DC

TEC

EX6-U

21/N

15

-31Y

163

6940

51

BNW

H

A1 A2/3

1.E7

-31K

1

6344

0096

24G

ND

24G

ND

DBUW

H

DBU

/31.

C314 12

11

24 2221

11 1214

/31.

F7

-31K

1

24AC

-L

24AC

-N

RD

RDWH

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

GY

GNYE

Nie

derd

ruck

Käl

teJ6

AI06

B6

/80.

C4

-80A

2

Überh

itzun

gsreg

ler St

örung

/80.

C6

-80A

2D

I12

ID12

J7

Überh

itzun

gsreg

ler Fr

eigab

e/8

0.D

7-8

0A2

DO

12

J17

C12

NC

12N

O12

24D

C

-X4

/70.C

72

24DC

/BSK

.2

WH

WH

24V

AC

EC

3-X

33

Suct

ion

pres

sure

Dru

ckC

oil o

utTe

mpe

ratu

rSu

ctio

n pr

essu

re4-

20m

A ou

t

Alar

m

Step

per m

otor

Schr

ittm

otor

-31A

1

C1

Aout

+Vin

WH

BNN

LL

NPE

21

34

2

6382

5369

-31B

1

PT4-

18M

0...18

bar

6367

3086

Wh

Wh

-31B

2

ECN

-N30

6383

2283

-X3

/30.A

6/60

.A3

1024

DC.2

/40.D

6/50

.D7

.1PE

-X3

1

/72.C

3-X

3/10

.E7

/65.C

3/65

.C3

1424

DC/B

SK.2

WHBKBUBN

Expa

nsio

nsve

ntil

expa

nsio

n va

lve

Tem

pera

turfü

hler

tem

pera

ture

sen

sor

Dru

cktra

nsm

itter

pres

sure

tran

sduc

erÜ

berh

itzun

gsre

gler

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

Frei

gabe

rele

ase

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

0-10

V

L LFS

P-18

0

F1N N

PE

FSE-

02S

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Kond

ensa

torlü

fter

cond

ense

r fan

/30.

A5

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2-3

4A1

Opt

ion

29.09

.09Fra

nk34

26

FrankKJ11:45:58 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

21 C10A

-34F

1

6395

0111

Sh

1N

-X1.3

/10.E

5/10

.E3

/64.E

22

PE-X

1 .4/30

.D2

/30.D

3/30

.D4

BK

1

3

5

7

PE

M1

1~

U2

TK TK

U1

C1

3pol.

Q1

NL

TKTK

400V

3pol.

N1

-34A

1

WC

RFI

XX

XM

1=3,

0A

59_e

xter

n

-X1

/34.B

614

.1

14-X

1.2/34

.B2

1L2

Kond

ensa

torlü

fter

cond

ense

r fan

M2

1~

Falls

M2

vorh

ande

n,F1

-F2

in R

eihe

!

(M2=

3,0A

)

Gru

ndge

rät -

bas

ic u

nit U

KS

3300

.760

-790

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

1

-34W

1

2

6313

0297

GYNE

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/50.

B1

/50.

E7

/30.

A5

/31.

E8

/10.

A8

/10.

A8

/10.

A8/5

0.A1

/50.

A1

/50.

A1

U

I>I>

I>

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

E-H

eizu

ngel

ectri

c he

ater

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2-4

0F1

Art.N

r. ne

u29

.09.09

Frank

4026

FrankKJ10:27:31 16.12.200913:08FrankKJ16.12.2009

DBUW

H

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

24D

C/B

SK

24G

ND

24D

C/B

SK

24G

ND

L1 T1/4

0.E7

-40V

150

A

A1 A2/4

0.E7

-40V

1

6344

0170

L1T1

/40.

C1

A1 A2/4

0.E7

-40V

2

6344

0170

L1 T1/4

0.E7

-40V

250

A

L1T1

/40.

C2

DBU

DBU

11 1214

/70.

E5

-70K

2

2,5KW. .

-40E

1

2,5KW. .

-40E

2

2,5KW. .

-40E

3

.

Frei

gabe

/Luf

tstro

m/8

0.C

7-8

0A2

DO

08

J15

C8

NC

8N

O8

24D

CEl

ektro

heiz

ung/80.

D6

-80A

2D

O07

J14

C7 NO

724

DC

E-H

eizu

ng

/80.

D5

-80A

2D

I06

ID6

J5

BKBK

BK

GNYE

2,5KW. .

-40E

4

2,5KW. .

-40E

5

2,5KW. .

-40E

6

.

-X1

/40.D

1/40

.D3

4H

L1.1

-X1

/40.D

2/40

.D3

5H

L2.1

-X1

/40.D

2/40

.D3

6H

L3.1

-X3

/40.A

711

24DC

.1-X

3/40

.A6

1124

DC.2

/31.D

2/50

.D7

.2PE

-X3

1

/72.C

3

/40.D

3

.2PE

-X1

33

PE-X

1 .3/40

.D2

-X1

/40.D

1/40

.D3

4H

L1.2

-X1

/40.D

2/40

.D3

5H

L2.2

-X1

/40.D

2/40

.D3

6H

L3.2

4H

L1-X

1.3/40

.D1

/40.D

1

5H

L2-X

1.3/40

.D2

/40.D

2

6H

L3-X

1.3/40

.D2

/40.D

2

2L2

2L3

2L1

2L1

2L2

2L3

43-X

3.2/40

.C6

-X3

/40.D

643

.1

42-X

3.2/40

.B6

-X3

/40.B

642

.1

A1 A2/4

0.E6

-40K

1

6423

4123

1 3 5 1314642

/40.

C1

/40.

C2

/40.

C2

/40.

C2

13

5

24

6

/40.

E6

22,0

-32,

0A

-40Q

113 14

21 2264

2341

23

1 2/4

0.E6

-40K

13 4

5 6

13 144 2

STB T

TTR6

100°C

-40F

1

-+5

31

PE

60°C

6367

7016

40-Heiz.-1Verb.1STB-1HLS-PCS/Ver 1.1/07.09.06/mim

BNBK

GY

GNYE

7,5K

W /

10,8

A

E-H

eizu

ngel

ectri

c he

ater

7,5K

W /

10,8

A

BNBK

GY

GNYE

4G4,

04G

4,0

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

25A

E-H

eizu

ngel

ectri

c he

ater

E-H

eizu

ngel

ectri

c he

ater

E-H

eizu

ngel

ectri

c he

ater

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/50.D3

/50.B3

/40.

B4

/60.

E5/4

0.E8

siehe

Mas

tersy

mbol

Span

ungs

verso

rg.

/40.

A4

/40.

A4

/40.

A4

I>I>

I>

U

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Dam

pfbe

feuc

hter

stea

m h

umid

ifier

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2Te

xt J

umpe

r "L"

29.09

.09Fra

nk50

26

FrankKJ10:29:10 16.12.200913:09FrankKJ16.12.2009

--50N1:1

BUBU

BK

BK

BNDB

UWH

DBUWH

DBUW

HD

BUD

BU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

DBU

GNYE

--50K1:14

24D

C/B

SK

1 1ab

-50S

163

3080

45

1 1ab

-50S

263

3080

45

11 1214

/50.

F7

-50K

2

X

0-20m

A2-1

0VON

/OFF

RC

DR

ES

.

mA

SP 2P FI Z

CD

YD

RN

DS

PC

TR K L M N

RE

S.

RE

S.

RE

S.

RE

S.

%rHSx

S1

%

*)

SENSOR

GND

50X1

10po

l.

-VIN

+VR

DYE

GN

MD

SC

+10V

+12V

50X2

12po

l.

ERR

OR

VO

VIG

ND

CT

LN

SWIT

CH

ECC

M 2

4DC

-50N

11

23

45

67

89

10

12

34

56

78

910

1112

6364

9097

AU

SLA

SS

ER

SA

TZT.

NR

.63

696X

XX

OU

TLE

TS

PA

RE

-P.N

O.

EIN

LAS

SE

RS

ATZ

T.N

R.

6369

6XX

XIN

LET

SP

AR

E-P

.NO

.

Y1.1

Y1.2

/50.

E2

-50E

163

6490

96

OEM

464

/50.

E5

-50E

1

11,2

5KW

16,2

4A15

KG/H

6364

9096

212224

/70.

E5

-70K

2

Befe

ucht

er /80.

D5

-80A

2D

I07

ID7

J5

AO03

Befe

ucht

en/8

0.C

4-8

0A2

Y3

J4

A1 A2/5

0.F8

-50K

2

6344

0096

24G

ND

24G

ND

DBU

Befe

ucht

er/8

0.D

6

/20.

B8

-80A

2D

O05

NO

5J1

324D

C

DBU

/50.

B714 12

11

24 2221

-X3

/50.E

7/60

.D2

/69.D

2

624

GND

.1

-X3

/50.B

4/60

.D2

/69.D

2

624

GND

.2924

DC-X

3.3/10

.D8

/20.A

8

1PE

-X3.3

/31.D

2/40

.D6

/72.C

3

-X1

/50.D

315

.1

15-X

1.2/50

.D3

23-X

3.2/52

.C2

Hyg

24-X

3.2/52

.E2

Hyg

2L1

2L2

2L3

13

5

24

6

/50.

E6

14-2

0A

-50Q

113 14

21 2263

4320

45

1 3 5 1314642

/50.

C2

/50.

C2

/50.

C2

A1 A2/5

0.F6

-50K

1

6343

2045

1 2/5

0.F6

-50K

13 4

5 6

Betri

ebop

erat

ion

50-Befeuchter 1+2 OEM 363 PC3/Ver.1.1/28.11.05/ves

Dam

pfbe

feuc

hter

stea

m h

umid

ifier

BKR

DBN

OG

Frei

gabe

Bef

euch

ter

rele

ase

hum

idifi

er

11987654321 10

Pos.

OEM

464

- max

.15k

g/h

Eins

tellu

ng P

latin

eS

1Sx

%D

ampf

(kg/

h)V

(m3/

h)33

000

2200

012

000

1100

010

000

9000

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

15,0

15,0

14,4

13,2

12,0

10,8

9,6

8,4

7,2

6,0

4,8

100

100

95 90 80 70 65 55 100

80 65

2 m

ax.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 m

in.

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

20A

absc

hläm

men

/In

form

atio

nre

mov

e sl

udge

/in

form

atio

n

Störu

ng au

sfau

lt off

Brüc

ke e

ntfe

rnen

bei

Opt

ion

Hyg

rost

atre

mov

e co

nnec

tion

atop

tion

hygr

osta

t

Span

nung

sfre

isch

altu

ng:

Leis

tung

ssch

alte

r -50

Q1

disc

onne

ctin

g fro

m p

ower

sup

ply:

pow

er s

witc

h -5

0Q1

*

*

Jum

per "

L" e

ntfe

rnen

!!

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Hyg

rost

athy

gros

tat

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0952

26

FrankKJ11:40:50 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

1

21 42

-52F

1H

-+

6382

503323

-X3.3

/50.D

8

Hyg

24-X

3.3/50

.D8

Hyg

52-Befeuchter 1+2 OEM 490 PC3/Ver.1.1/28.11.05/ves

Hyg

rost

athy

gros

tat

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/50.

E8/7

0.E1

siehe

Mas

tersy

mbol

Span

ungs

verso

rg.

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Stel

lmot

orse

rvo

mot

orU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0960

26

FrankKJ11:40:36 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

DBU

DBU

DBU

12

3

24G

ND

24G

ND

11 1214

/60.

E6

-60K

1

A1 A2/6

0.E6

-60K

1

6344

0096

/60.

B314 12

11

24 2221

GND

24VUC

BN-2

0C1E

-S09

3

1

2

3

-60Y

163

5110

78

Klap

pen

/80.

D6

/20.

B8

-80A

2D

O06

NO

6J1

324D

C

1024

DC-X

3.3/30

.A6

/31.A

7

624

GND

-X3.3

/50.C

4/50

.E7

/69.D

2

1324

DC/B

SK-X

3.3/10

.D8

/20.A

1/64

.C3

41-X

3.2/60

.D3

-X3

/60.D

341

.1

Stel

lmot

or A

bluf

tkla

ppe

serv

o m

otor

ext

ract

air

dam

per

60-Stellmotor-BN24-PCS-1-2/Vers.1.1/08.09.06/mim

Stel

lmot

or A

bluf

tkla

ppe

serv

o m

otor

ext

ract

air

dam

per

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/30.

A5

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Kon

dens

at-H

ebep

umpe

cond

ensa

te d

isch

arge

pum

pU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

09Fr

ank

6426

FrankKJ11:44:00 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

0,5AT

L

F1

0,5AT

F2

M 230V N

ALARM

BN

BK

BU

GNYE

GY

-64M

1

25VA

6352

0062

21 C2A

-64F

1

6395

0134

1N

-X1.4

/10.E

5/10

.E3

/34.B

6

7PE

-X1.4

/10.C

6

-X1

/64.C

216

.1

16-X

1.2/64

.B2

BK

Kond

ensa

t-Heb

epum

pe

/80.

C5

-80A

2D

I03

ID3

J5

DBU

1324

DC/B

SK-X

3.4/10

.D8

/20.A

1/60

.D2

M 1~23

0V~

L NPE

-64M

2

0,2K

W1,

4A

6352

0052

3 4

-64S

1

6330

1012

X3/1

3.4

X1/1

6.2

X1/1

.4

X1/7

.4

X3/4

4.2

BN BN BU BUGNYE

44-X

3.2/64

.D4

-X3

/64.D

444

.1

1L3

Kon

dens

at-H

ebep

umpe

cond

ensa

te d

isch

arge

pum

p

3-4 B

ei St

örung

gesc

hloss

en3-4

clos

ed up

on fa

ilure

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90Nur

in V

erbi

ndun

g m

itO

ptio

n B

efeu

chte

rO

nly

in c

ombi

natio

n w

ithop

tion

hum

idifi

er

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

24VUC

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Was

serw

arnu

ngw

ater

war

ning

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0965

26

FrankKJ11:39:56 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

DBU

ALAR

M

BETR

IEB

~/+

+/-W

HG

N

BNYE

-65F

1

6367

3063

Was

serw

arnu

ng

/80.

D5

-80A

2D

I08

ID8

J5

524

GND

-X3.4

/10.E

6/20

.E7

1424

DC/B

SK-X

3.3/10

.F7/31

.D5

/65.C

3

1424

DC/B

SK-X

3.4/10

.F7/31

.D5

/65.C

3

45-X

3.2/65

.C4

-X3

/65.E

345

.1

Was

serw

arnu

ngw

ater

war

ning

66-Wasserwarnung PCS/Rev. 1.1/22.08.06/mim

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Dop

pelb

oden

-Dru

ckse

nsor

doub

le fl

oor p

ress

ure

sens

orU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0967

26

FrankKJ11:50:21 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

Dop

pelb

oden

druc

kJ2

0-1/

1-10

V0-

20/4

-20m

A

AI03

B3

/80.

C3

-80A

2

J2

124

DC/B

SK-X

4.4/10

.F8/68

.C3

324

GND

-X4.4

/10.F7

/68.C

3

-X4

/67.C

59 .

1

9 -X4.2

/67.C

5

GND

24VDC

0-10V

0-10

0Pa

-67B

159

_Bei

stel

lung

GY Sh

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

Dop

pelb

oden

-Dru

ckse

nsor

doub

le fl

oor p

ress

ure

sens

or

(Lie

feru

ng K

unde

)(S

uppl

y cu

stom

er)

-67W

1

WH

6313

0234

BN

GN

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

NTC

/Pt1

000

EIN

-AU

SN

TC/P

t100

0E

IN-A

US

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Reg

elfü

hler

cont

rol s

enso

rU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0968

26

FrankKJ11:50:21 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

GY

GY

GY

GY

-68B

2

NTC0

30HP

00

6383

2257

BKBK

Zulu

fttem

pera

tur

AI05

B5BC

5J3/8

0.D

3-8

0A2

Ablu

fttem

pera

tur

AI04

B4BC

4J3/8

0.D

3-8

0A2

-X4

/68.B

311

.1

11-X

4.2/68

.B3

-X4

/68.B

412

.1

12-X

4.2/68

.B4

Sh

GY

WH

BN

GN

YE

GY

124

DC/B

SK-X

4.3/10

.F8/67

.C4

324

GND

-X4.3

/10.F7

/67.C

4

Ablu

ftfeu

chte

0-1/

1-10

V0-

20/4

-20m

A

AI02

B2

/80.

C3

-80A

2

J2

-X4

/68.C

48 .

1

8 -X4.2

/68.C

4

DPWC

1110

00-6

8B1

M

+

ntc

ntc

H OUT

6383

2280

off

off

0-1V

DC

DP2

DP1

-X4

/68.B

613

.1

13-X

4.2/68

.B6

-X4

/68.B

614

.1

14-X

4.2/68

.B6

Ablu

ft Te

mpe

ratu

r-Feu

chte

fühl

erex

tract

air

tem

p./h

umid

ity s

enso

r

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

Zulu

ft Te

mpe

ratu

rfühl

ersu

pply

air

tem

pera

ture

sen

sor

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/70.A3

/70.B3

/70.C3

/70.C3

-4

Car

el

35

+

NC NA

C

2-4

öffn

et b

ei A

larm

2-4

open

s w

ith a

larm

24VD

C-

4

Car

el

35

+

NC NA

C

2-4

öffn

et b

ei A

larm

2-4

open

s w

ith a

larm

24VD

C

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Rau

ch-/B

rand

mel

der

smok

e-/fi

re d

etec

tor

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0969

26

Fran

kKJ

11:34:05 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

Ra

Ra/Br

Ra/Br

Br

Sh

Sh

12

31

24

-69A

1

6383

2259

12

31

24

-69A

2

6383

2258

624

GND

-X3.4

/50.C

4/50

.E7

/60.D

2

724

GND

-X3.4

/80.F1

1524

DC/B

SK-X

3.4/80

.E1

/72.C

2/69

.D3

1524

DC/B

SK-X

3.3/80

.E1

/72.C

2/69

.D5

68-Raum-Zuluft T/F.-Fühler PC0/Rev.1.1/23.08.06/mim

Rau

chm

elde

rsm

oke

dete

ctor O

pti

on

UK

S 3

300.7

60-7

90B

rand

mel

der

fire

dete

ctor

-69W

1

WH

6313

0234

-69W

2

WH

6313

0234

-69W

1

GN

6313

0234

YE

-69W

2

GN

6313

0234

YE

BN

BN

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

/60.

E7

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

-50+

50Pa

0+10

0Pa

0+15

0Pa

0+30

0Pa

0+50

0Pa

0+10

00Pa

0+16

00Pa

0+25

00Pa

Not used

0,4s - Off10s - On

V

Off=0-10V/0-20mAOn=2-10V/4-20mA

mA

Berei

chDa

mping

Signa

l

On

Off

1=O

n

/69.D4 /69.D4 /69.D6 /69.D7

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Übe

rwac

hung

mon

itorin

gU

KS

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0970

26

Fran

kKJ

11:33:45 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

21 22

-BSK

+EXT

ERN

DBU

DBU

24G

ND

PE

PE

A1 A2/7

0.E3

-70K

1

6344

0096

/10.

D714 12

11

24 2221

GY

GND

24VUC

OUT

PTH

-320

2

3

1

2

-70B

163

3800

16

11

00

10

1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0

1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

X

12

34

56

GY

DBU

DBUWH

A1 A2/7

0.E5

-70K

2

6344

0096

/40.

D6

/50.

D614 12

11

24 2221

DBU

DBU

21 22

-NEA

+EXT

ERN

PE

PE

Ra Ra/Br Ra/Br Br

Net

zers

atzb

etrie

b

/80.

D5

-80A

2D

I05

ID5

J5

BSK/

Rau

ch-/B

rand

m.

/80.

C5

-80A

2D

I02

ID2

J5

Diff

.-Dru

ck Z

uluf

tJ2

0-1/

1-10

V0-

20/4

-20m

A

AI01

B1

/80.

C3

-80A

2

J2

-X4

/31.D

42

24DC

/BSK

.1 -X4

424

GND

.1

-X4

/70.B

710

.1

10-X

4.2/70

.B7

/70.B

2

.2PE

-X3

22

PE-X

3.3/70

.B5

27-X

3.2/70

.D3

27-X

3.3/70

.D3

26-X

3.3/70

.B3

26-X

3.2/70

.B3

25-X

3.2/70

.B2

25-X

3.3/70

.A3

1624

DC/B

SK-X

3.3/9.

D2/70

.A2

-X3

/9.D2

/70.A

5

1624

DC/B

SK.2

46-X

3.2/70

.B5

-X3

/70.B

546

.1

70-BSK PCO.e3p/Vers.1.1.0/23.08.06/mim

***

*

**

Brüc

ke e

ntfe

rnen

bei

Ansc

hlus

sre

mov

e co

nnec

tion

atco

nnec

tion

öffn

et b

ei B

SK-F

all

open

s w

ith B

SK

case

Net

zers

atzb

etrie

b

***

**

***

öffn

et b

ei N

etze

rsat

zbet

rieb

** **

Rauchmeldersmoke detector

emer

genc

y st

andb

y

open

s w

ith e

mer

genc

y st

andb

y

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

Diff

eren

zdru

ck-F

ilter

über

wac

hung

-Fre

igab

e Ve

ntila

tore

ndi

ffere

ntia

l pre

ssur

e-fi

lter m

onito

ring

-rele

ase

fans

Brandmelderfire detector

BS

K/

Rau

chm

elde

r/Br

andm

elde

rfir

e pr

otec

tion

flap/

smok

e de

tect

or/

fire

dete

ctor

GNYE

GNYE

2

-70W

1

1

6313

0043

-70W

2

1

6313

0043

2

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Pote

ntia

lfrei

e-Ko

ntak

tepo

tent

ial-f

ree

cont

acts

UK

S

siehe

Mas

tersy

mbol

Span

ungs

verso

rg.sie

he M

aster

symb

olSp

anun

gsve

rsorg.

sieh

eQ

uerv

erw

eise

PCS+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

0972

26

FrankKJ11:33:10 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

-X2

/72.C

53 .

1-X

2/72

.C4

2 .1

-X2

/72.C

75 .

1-X

2/72

.C6

4 .1

3 -X2.2

/72.C

52 -X

2.2/72

.C4

5 -X2.2

/72.C

74 -X

2.2/72

.C6

DBU

12

34

111214

-Bau

s.-E

insc

h.

OG

OG

OG

OG

PE

PE

PE

PE

.2PE

-X2

1

War

tung

/80.

C6

/72.

B5

-80A

2D

O03

NO

3J1

2

Stör

ung

/80.

C6

/72.

B5

-80A

2D

O02

NO

2J1

2

Betri

eb/8

0.C

6-8

0A2

DO

01C

1

NO

1J1

2

/72.

B6

DO

02D

O03

/72.

B7Ba

usei

tige

Eins

chal

t.

/80.

C5

-80A

2D

I01

ID1

J5

1PE

-X3 .4

/31.D

2/40

.D6

/50.D

7

-X3

/80.E

1/69

.D3

/69.D

5

1524

DC/B

SK.2

47-X

3.2/72

.C2

-X3

/72.C

247

.1

72-Pot-Freie-Kontakte/Rev.1.1/30.05.05/mimPo

tent

ialfr

eie-

Kon

takt

epo

tent

ial-f

ree

cont

acts

Kont

akt o

ffen

>Bet

rieb<

cont

act o

pen

>ope

ratio

n<

Ein

scha

ltung

bau

seits

switc

h-on

by

cust

omer

* S

töru

ng*

faul

t*

War

tung

* m

aint

aina

nce

* Ko

ntak

te s

ind

bei S

töru

ng/W

artu

ng g

eöffn

et* C

onta

cts

are

open

ed in

cas

e of

failu

re/m

aint

enan

ce

**

Bet

rieb

oper

atio

n

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

-72W

21

6313

0045

23

4G

NYE

GNYE

-72W

1

1

6313

0043

2

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rn

BE

D.T

EIL

LED

(OPT

ION

)

J9

BE

D.T

EIL

TEX

TD

ISP

LAY

J10

pLAN

BA

SIS

-P

LATI

NE

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J16

J17

SE

RIA

LC

AR

D

J5

DI -

24V

UC

J4

AO -

0-10

VDC

J3

UN

I - A

I - N

TC

J2J1

NET

Z24

VU

C

J18

Fiel

dC

AR

D

J8

230VAC

24VUC

- DI -

24VUC

230VAC

J7

DI -

24V

UC

J6

AI -

UN

I

PC

O3002A

M0

J24

UK

S 33

00.7

60-7

90_V

2.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Gru

ndbo

ard

basi

c bo

ard

Bedie

nteil

opera

ting p

anel

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

224

V an

J2

entfe

rnt

29.09

.09Fra

nk80

26

FrankKJ11:32:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

DBUW

HDB

UWH

DBU

-80W

1

6pol.

6314

5022

GND

TX+

TX-

Sh

-80A

2N01N02N03

N04N05N06

C7

N07

NO8

C8

NC8

NO9NO10NO11

NO12

C12

NC12

NO13

C13

NC13

B1B2B3

B4BC4B5BC5

Y1Y2Y3Y4

ID1ID2ID3ID4ID5ID6ID7ID8

B6B7B8

ID9ID10ID11ID12

ID13HID13

ID14ID14H

ANAL

OG

IN U

NIV

ERSA

L01

-/0-1

0VD

C-0

-20/

4-20

mA

NTC

/PT1

000/

Ein

-Aus

ANAL

OG

OU

T 0-

10V

DIG

ITAL

IND

IGIT

AL O

UT

DIG

ITAL

OU

T H

albl

.

AI01

AI02

AI03

AI06

AI07

AI08

AI04

AI05

AO01

AO02

AO03

AO04

DI0

1

DI0

2

DI0

3

DI0

4

DI0

5

DI0

6

DI0

7

DI0

8

DI0

9

DI1

0

DI1

1

DI1

2

DI1

3

DI1

4

DO

01

DO

02

DO

03

DO

04

DO

05

DO

06

DO

09

DO

10

DO

11

DO

08

DO

12

DO

13

DO

07

Diff

.-Dru

ck Z

uluf

t

Ablu

ftfeu

chte

Dop

pelb

oden

druc

k

Nie

derd

ruck

Käl

te

Ablu

fttem

pera

tur

Zulu

fttem

pera

tur

Befe

ucht

en

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 1

-3

Baus

eitig

e Ei

nsch

alt.

BSK/

Rau

ch-/B

rand

m.

Kond

ensa

t-Heb

epum

pe

Übe

rstro

m/S

töru

ng

Net

zers

atzb

etrie

b

E-H

eizu

ng

Befe

ucht

er

Was

serw

arnu

ng

Kälte

mas

chin

e 1

Kälte

mas

chin

e 2

Kälte

mas

chin

e 3

Überh

itzun

gsreg

ler St

örung

Net

z A

Ein

Net

z B

Ein

Betri

eb

Stör

ung

War

tung

Zulu

ftven

tilat

or 1

-3

Befe

ucht

er

Klap

pen

Kälte

mas

chin

e 1

Kälte

mas

chin

e 2

Kälte

mas

chin

e 3

Frei

gabe

/Luf

tstro

m

Überh

itzun

gsreg

ler Fr

eigab

e

Elek

trohe

izun

g

/70.

A7

/68.

A4

/67.

A4

/31.

E4

/68.

A3

/68.

A6

/50.

B4

/20.

B5

/72.

B2

/70.

C3

/64.

B4

/20.

B7

/70.

C6

/40.

B3

/50.

E4

/65.

D4

/30.

C2

/30.

C4

/30.

C5

/31.

E5

/9.C

2

/9.C

3

/72.

B5

/72.

B6

/72.

B7

/20.

B8

/50.

B8

/60.

B7

/30.

B6

/30.

B7

/30.

B8

/40.

A6

/31.

B8

/40.

A7

8pol

.6p

ol.

TX-

TX+

GN

D

C1

C1

C4

C4

C9

C9

GG

O

GND+VDC

VGVGO

IDC1

GND

IDC9

IDC13

+Vte

rmG

ND

+5V

ref

6382

5332

DBUW

HDB

UWH

DBUW

H

-X3

/69.D

5

724

GND

.1-X3

/72.C

2/69

.D3

/69.D

5

1524

DC/B

SK.1

PGD

1000

FZ0

-80A

1

6pol

.64

2380

09

80-Grundboard PCO.e3pB

us-L

eitu

ngbu

s ca

ble

Gru

nd

gerä

t -

basic

un

it U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

-80W

2

WH

6313

0234

BN

GN

EDCB FA

EDCB FA

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

Blätte

rBla

ttEr

setzt

d.Er

satz

f.Ur

spr.

Norm

Geprü

ftBe

arbeit

erD

atum

Name

Datum

Ände

rung

Zusta

nd

Zeic

hnun

gsnu

mm

erA

uftra

gs-N

r.

Artik

el-N

r.U

nter

lage

n-N

r.

Nam

e= +

Ste

ueru

ngD

okum

ente

ntyp



RIT

TAL

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Auf d

em S

tütz

elbe

rgD

357

45 H

erbo

rnU

KS

3300

.760

-790

_V 2

.2

02 Sc

haltp

lan

Schn

ittst

elle

inte

rface

UK

SPC

S+

Serie

Fran

kM

ülle

r11

.03.

2009

11.0

3.20

092.

2Ka

bel -

81W

1-4

neu

29.09

.09Fra

nk81

26

FrankKJ11:30:11 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009

-81A

1

6385

2068

GND/1

TX+/2

TX-/3

PC

OS

0048

50-8

1A2

6385

2081

GND

+

-

PC

O10

00B

A0

-81A

3

6385

2083

GND

A

B

PC

O10

000F

0-8

1A4

6385

2082

PC

O10

00W

B0

8p

Sh

Sh

Sh

Op

tio

n U

KS

3300.7

60-7

90

RS4

85B

AC

net -

RS4

85LO

N -

Bus

BA

Cne

t Eth

erne

t / W

eb

An

sch

luss B

latt 8

0 S

eria

l C

ard

connection s

heet 80 S

erial C

ard

ba

us

eit

sb

y c

usto

mer

-81W

1

WH

6313

0234

-81W

2

WH

6313

0234

-81W

3

WH

6313

0234

-81W

4

8-adrig

UTP

/CAT

.5/8

BN

GN

BN

GN

BN

GN

KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2

Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential

KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.

-X1:0 N 1.1 /10.E5 63210446-Einspeisung X1:N N 1.2 /10.E3 63210446-34A1:1 N 1.3 /34.B6 63210446-64M1:BU Kondensat-Hebepumpe N 1.4 /64.E2 63210446-30M1:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.1 X /30.D2 63210447-30M2:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.2 X /30.D3 63210447-30M3:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.3 X /30.D4 63210447-34A1:PE PE 2.4 X /34.B7 63210447

PE 3.1 X 63210447-40E3:. Heizung PE 3.2 X /40.D2 63210447-40E6:. Heizung PE 3.3 X /40.D3 63210447

PE 3.4 X 63210447-40V1:T1 Lastrelais HL1 4.1 /40.D1 63210444

HL1 4.2 /40.D1 63210444HL1 4.3 /40.D3 63210444HL1 4.4 63210444

-40K1:4 Verbraucherabzweig HL2 5.1 /40.D2 63210444HL2 5.2 /40.D2 63210444HL2 5.3 /40.D3 63210444HL2 5.4 63210444

-40V2:T1 Lastrelais HL3 6.1 /40.D2 63210444HL3 6.2 /40.D2 63210444HL3 6.3 /40.D3 63210444HL3 6.4 63210444PE 7.1 X 63210447PE 7.2 X /10.C6 63210447PE 7.3 X 63210447

-64M1:GNYE Kondensat-Hebepumpe PE 7.4 X /64.E3 63210447PE 8.1 X 63210447

-20XS1:PE Anschlussleitung PE 8.2 X /20.C2 63210447-20XS3:PE Anschlussleitung PE 8.3 X /20.C4 63210447

PE 8.4 X 63210447-20K1:2 Verbraucherabzweig L1 9.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:1 Anschlussleitung L1 9.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:1 Anschlussleitung L1 9.3 /20.C3 63210444

L1 9.4 63210444-20K1:4 Verbraucherabzweig L2 10.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:2 Anschlussleitung L2 10.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:2 Anschlussleitung L2 10.3 /20.C4 63210444

L2 10.4 63210444-20K1:6 Verbraucherabzweig L3 11.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:3 Anschlussleitung L3 11.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:3 Anschlussleitung L3 11.3 /20.C4 63210444

L3 11.4 63210444-10F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 10F1 12.1 X /10.B5 63210444-X1:13 Klemme 10F1 12.2 X /10.B5 63210444

10F1 12.3 X 6321044410F1 12.4 X 63210444

-10G1:230 Kombi-Netzgerät 10F1 13.1 X /10.C5 63210444-X1:12 Klemme 10F1 13.2 X /10.C5 63210444

10F1 13.3 X 6321044410F1 13.4 X 63210444

-34F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 34F1 14.1 /34.B2 63210445-34A1:7 34F1 14.2 /34.B6 63210445-50K1:6 Verbraucherabzweig L3 15.1 /50.D3 63210445-50E1: Dampfbefeuchter L3 15.2 /50.D3 63210445-64F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 64F1 16.1 /64.B2 63210445-64M1:BN Kondensat-Hebepumpe 64F1 16.2 /64.C2 63210445

17.1 6321044517.2 63210445

-X2PE 1.1 63210401

-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:PE PE 1.2 /72.C7 63210401PE 1.3 63210401

Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 1 von 5




PE 1.4 63210401-80A2:C1 2.1 /72.C4 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:1 2.2 /72.C4 63210398-80A2:NO1 3.1 /72.C5 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:2 3.2 /72.C5 63210398-80A2:NO2 4.1 /72.C6 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:3 4.2 /72.C6 63210398-80A2:NO3 5.1 /72.C7 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:4 5.2 /72.C7 63210398

6.1 632103986.2 632103987.1 632103987.2 63210398

-X3-31A1:PE Überhitzungsregler PE 1.1 X /31.D2 63210401-40F1:PE SicherheitstemperaturbegrenzePE 1.2 X /40.D6 63210401-50N1:12 Steuereinheit PE 1.3 X /50.D7 63210401-Baus.-Einsch.:PE PE 1.4 X /72.C3 63210401

PE 2.1 X 63210401+EXTERN-NEA:PE PE 2.2 X /70.B5 63210401+EXTERN-BSK:PE PE 2.3 X /70.B2 63210401

PE 2.4 X 63210401-10G1:PE Kombi-Netzgerät PE 3.1 X /10.E6 63210401

PE 3.2 X /10.E6 63210401PE 3.3 X 63210401PE 3.4 X 63210401

-X4:3 Klemme 24GND 4.1 X /10.E6 6321040024GND 4.2 X /10.E6 63210400

-20XS2:3 Anschlussleitung 24GND 4.3 X /20.C3 63210400-20XS4:3 Anschlussleitung 24GND 4.4 X /20.C5 63210400:0 24GND 5.1 X /10.E6 63210400-20K1:A2 Verbraucherabzweig 24GND 5.2 X /20.E7 63210400

24GND 5.3 X 63210400-65F1:BN Wassermelder 24GND 5.4 X /65.E3 63210400-50N1:1 Steuereinheit 24GND 6.1 X /50.B4 63210400-50N1:11 Steuereinheit 24GND 6.2 X /50.E7 63210400-60Y1:1 Stellantrieb 24GND 6.3 X /60.D2 63210400-69A1:1 Rauchmelder 24GND 6.4 X /69.D2 63210400:0 24GND 7.1 X /80.F1 63210400

24GND 7.2 X 6321040024GND 7.3 X 63210400

-69A2:1 Rauchmelder 24GND 7.4 X /69.D5 6321040024GND 8.1 X 6321040024GND 8.2 X 6321040024GND 8.3 X 6321040024GND 8.4 X 63210400

-70K1:14 Schaltrelais 24DC 9.1 X /10.D8 63210400-80A2:C4 24DC 9.2 X /20.A8 63210400-50S2:1a Wipp-Taster 24DC 9.3 X /50.E7 63210400

24DC 9.4 X 63210400-80A2:C9 24DC 10.1 X /30.A6 63210400-80A2:C12 24DC 10.2 X /31.A7 63210400-60K1:11 Schaltrelais 24DC 10.3 X /60.A3 63210400

24DC 10.4 X 63210400-80A2:C8 24DC 11.1 X /40.A6 63210400-80A2:C7 24DC 11.2 X /40.A7 63210400

24DC 11.3 X 6321040024DC 11.4 X 6321040024DC 12.1 X 6321040024DC 12.2 X 6321040024DC 12.3 X 6321040024DC 12.4 X 63210400

-70K1:11 Schaltrelais 24DC/BSK 13.1 X /10.D8 63210400-20K1:13 Verbraucherabzweig 24DC/BSK 13.2 X /20.A1 63210400-60Y1:2 Stellantrieb 24DC/BSK 13.3 X /60.D2 63210400-64M1:BK Kondensat-Hebepumpe 24DC/BSK 13.4 X /64.C3 63210400





-X4:1 Klemme 24DC/BSK 14.1 X /10.E7 63210400-31A1:C Überhitzungsregler 24DC/BSK 14.2 X /31.D5 63210400-65F1:WH Wassermelder 24DC/BSK 14.3 X /65.C3 63210400-65F1:GN Wassermelder 24DC/BSK 14.4 X /65.C3 63210400:0 24DC/BSK 15.1 X /80.E1 63210400-Baus.-Einsch.:12 24DC/BSK 15.2 X /72.C2 63210400-69A1:3 Rauchmelder 24DC/BSK 15.3 X /69.D3 63210400-69A2:3 Rauchmelder 24DC/BSK 15.4 X /69.D5 63210400-9K1:14 Hilfsschalter 24DC/BSK 16.1 X /9.D2 63210400+EXTERN-BSK:21 24DC/BSK 16.2 X /70.A2 63210400+EXTERN-NEA:21 24DC/BSK 16.3 X /70.A5 63210400

24DC/BSK 16.4 X 63210400-9K2:14 Hilfsschalter 24DC/BSK 17.1 X /9.D3 63210400

24DC/BSK 17.2 X 6321040024DC/BSK 17.3 X 6321040024DC/BSK 17.4 X 63210400

-80A2:Y4 0-10V 18.1 /20.C5 63210400-20XS2:4 Anschlussleitung 0-10V 18.2 /20.C3 63210400-20XS4:4 Anschlussleitung 0-10V 18.3 /20.C5 63210400

0-10V 18.4 63210400-20K1:14 Verbraucherabzweig 20XS2 19.1 /20.C2 63210112-20XS2:1 Anschlussleitung 20XS2 19.2 /20.C2 63210112

20XS2 19.3 63210112-20XS4:1 Anschlussleitung STZu 20.1 X /20.C4 63210112-20XS2:2 Anschlussleitung STZu 20.2 X /20.C3 63210112

STZu 20.3 X 63210112STZu 21.1 X 63210112

-X3:22 Klemme STZu 21.2 X /20.C5-20XS4:2 Anschlussleitung STZu X /20.C5 63210112

STZu 21.3 X 63210112-80A2:ID4 STZu 22.1 X /20.C6 63210115-X3:21 Klemme STZu 22.2 X /20.C6 63210115

STZu 22.3 X 63210115Hyg 23.1 X 63210112

-X3:24 Klemme Hyg 23.2 X /50.D8-80A2:NO5 Hyg X /50.D8 63210112-52F1:1 Kanalhygrostat Hyg 23.3 X /52.C2 63210112

Hyg 24.1 X 63210112-50K2:A1 Schaltrelais Hyg 24.2 X /50.D8-X3:23 Klemme Hyg X /50.D8 63210112-52F1:2 Kanalhygrostat Hyg 24.3 X /52.E2 63210112

Ra 25.1 63210112-69A1:2 Rauchmelder Ra 25.2 /70.A3 63210112+EXTERN-BSK:22 Ra 25.3 /70.B2 63210112

Ra/Br 26.1 63210112-69A1:4 Rauchmelder Ra/Br 26.2 /70.B3 63210112-69A2:2 Rauchmelder Ra/Br 26.3 /70.B3 63210112

Br 27.1 63210112-70K1:A1 Schaltrelais Br 27.2 /70.D3 63210112-69A2:4 Rauchmelder Br 27.3 /70.D3 63210112

66Y1-4 28.1 X 6321011266Y1-4 28.2 X 6321011266Y1-4 28.3 X 6321011266Y1-4 29.1 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.2 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.3 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.4 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.1 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.2 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.3 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.4 X 63210400

31.1 6321039831.2 63210398

-80A2:NO9 NO9 32.1 /30.C5 63210398-30F1:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO9 32.2 /30.C5 63210398-30K1:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K1 33.1 /30.D5 63210398-30F1:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K1 33.2 /30.C5 63210398





-30F1 34.1 63210398-30F1:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F1 34.2 /30.C6 63210398-80A2:NO10 NO10 35.1 /30.C6 63210398-30F2:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO10 35.2 /30.C6 63210398-30K2:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K2 36.1 /30.D6 63210398-30F2:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K2 36.2 /30.C6 63210398

-30F2 37.1 63210398-30F2:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F2 37.2 /30.C7 63210398-80A2:NO11 NO11 38.1 /30.C7 63210398-30F3:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO11 38.2 /30.C7 63210398-30K3:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K3 39.1 /30.D7 63210398-30F3:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K3 39.2 /30.C7 63210398

-30F3 40.1 63210398-30F3:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F3 40.2 /30.C8 63210398-60K1:14 Schaltrelais -60Y1 41.1 /60.C3 63210398-60Y1:3 Stellantrieb -60Y1 41.2 /60.D3 63210398-80A2:NO8 NO8 42.1 /40.B6 63210398-40F1:5 SicherheitstemperaturbegrenzeNO8 42.2 /40.B6 63210398-40F1:3 Sicherheitstemperaturbegrenze-40F1 43.1 /40.C6 63210398-70K2:11 Schaltrelais -40F1 43.2 /40.D6 63210398-80A2:ID3 KOND 44.1 /64.D4 63210398-64M1:GY Kondensat-Hebepumpe KOND 44.2 /64.D4 63210398-80A2:ID8 WAWA 45.1 /65.C4 63210398-65F1:YE Wassermelder WAWA 45.2 /65.E3 63210398-70K2:A1 Schaltrelais NEA 46.1 /70.B5 63210398+EXTERN-NEA:22 NEA 46.2 /70.B5 63210398-80A2:ID1 BausEin 47.1 /72.C2 63210398-Baus.-Einsch.:11 BausEin 47.2 /72.C2 63210398

KW-Satz 48.1 63210398KW-Satz 48.2 63210398KW-Syst 49.1 63210398KW-Syst 49.2 63210398

50.1 6321039850.2 63210398

-X4-X3:14 Klemme 24DC/BSK 1.1 X /10.E7 63210400

24DC/BSK 1.2 X 63210400-68B1:+ Temperatur-Feuchtefühler 24DC/BSK 1.3 X /68.C3 63210400-67B1: 24DC/BSK 1.4 X /67.C4 63210400-70B1:1 Drucksensor 24DC/BSK 2.1 X /70.C7 63210400-31A1:+Vin Überhitzungsregler 24DC/BSK 2.2 X /31.D4 63210400

24DC/BSK 2.3 X 6321040024DC/BSK 2.4 X 63210400

-X3:4 Klemme 24GND 3.1 X /10.E7 6321040024GND 3.2 X 63210400

-68B1:M Temperatur-Feuchtefühler 24GND 3.3 X /68.C3 63210400-67B1: 24GND 3.4 X /67.C4 63210400-70B1:3 Drucksensor 24GND 4.1 X /70.C7 63210400

24GND 4.2 X 6321040024GND 4.3 X 6321040024GND 4.4 X 6321040032Y1 5.1 6321040032Y1 5.2 6321040032Y1 5.3 6321040032Y1 5.4 6321040032Y2 6.1 6321040032Y2 6.2 6321040032Y2 6.3 6321040032Y2 6.4 63210400

7.1 632103987.2 63210398

-80A2:B2 AI02 8.1 /68.C4 63210398-68B1:H Temperatur-Feuchtefühler AI02 8.2 /68.C4 63210398-80A2:B3 AI03 9.1 /67.C5 63210398-67B1: AI03 9.2 /67.C5 63210398-80A2:B1 AI01 10.1 /70.B7 63210398





-70B1:2 Drucksensor AI01 10.2 /70.B7 63210398-80A2:B4 ntc1 11.1 /68.B3 63210398-68B1:ntc Temperatur-Feuchtefühler ntc1 11.2 /68.B3 63210398-80A2:BC4 ntc2 12.1 /68.B3 63210398-68B1:ntc Temperatur-Feuchtefühler ntc2 12.2 /68.B3 63210398-80A2:B5 13.1 /68.B6 63210398-68B2: Temperaturfühler 13.2 /68.B6 63210398-80A2:BC5 14.1 /68.B6 63210398-68B2: Temperaturfühler 14.2 /68.B6 63210398

-Einspeisung-Einspeisung X1:N N N /10.E1-10Q1:1L1 Hauptschalter L1 L1 /10.A1-10Q1:3L2 Hauptschalter L2 L2 /10.B1-10Q1:5L3 Hauptschalter L3 L3 /10.B1-Einspeisung X1:PE PE PE /10.F1-Einspeisung X1: N.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L1 Hauptschalter L1.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L2 Hauptschalter L2.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L3 Hauptschalter L3.A /9.A2-Einspeisung X1: PE /9.A2-9Q1:2L1 Hauptschalter L1.B /9.E2-9Q1:2L2 Hauptschalter L2.B /9.E2-9Q1:2L3 Hauptschalter L3.B /9.E2-Einspeisung X1: N.B /9.E2-Einspeisung X1:-PE PE /9.F2

-Einspeisung X1-Einspeisung:N N N /10.E2-X1:1 Klemme N /10.E2-Einspeisung:PE PE PE X /10.F2-Einspeisung: PE -PE X /9.F2-Einspeisung: N.A /9.A2-9K1:7 Leistungsschütz N.A /9.A2-Einspeisung: PE /9.A2-Einspeisung: N.B /9.E2-9K2:7 Leistungsschütz N.B /9.E2-9K2:A2 Leistungsschütz N.B /9.D7-9K1:A2 Leistungsschütz N.A /9.D4


Kab

ellis

teU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adB

K-E

insp

eisu

ngL1

-10Q

1 / H

aupt

scha

lter /

H41

0-S

E27

151L

1/1

0.A

2B

N-E

insp

eisu

ngL2

-10Q

1 / H

aupt

scha

lter /

H41

0-S

E27

153L

2/1

0.A

2B

K-E

insp

eisu

ngL3

-10Q

1 / H

aupt

scha

lter /

H41

0-S

E27

155L

3/1

0.A

2B

U-E

insp

eisu

ngN

-Ein

spei

sung

X1

N/1

0.E

2G

NY

E-E

insp

eisu

ngP

E-E

insp

eisu

ng X

1P

E/1

0.F2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad1

-X1

14.2

-34A

17

/34.

C6

2-X

11.

3-3

4A1

1/3

4.C

6G

YN

E-X

12.

4-3

4A1

PE

/34.

C6

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H-X

43.

4-6

7B1

/67.

D4

BN

-X4

1.4

-67B

1/6

7.D

4G

N-X

49.

2-6

7B1

/67.

D4

YE Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H-X

36.

4-6

9A1

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFS

1/6

9.B

2B

N-X

315

.3-6

9A1

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFS

3/6

9.B

2G

N-X

325

.2-6

9A1

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFS

2/6

9.B

2Y

E-X

326

.2-6

9A1

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFS

4/6

9.B

2

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -6

9W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: B

rand

mel

der/f

ire d

etec

tor

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -6

7W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: D

oppe

lbod

en-D

ruck

sens

or/d

oubl

e flo

or p

ress

ure

sens

or

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -6

9W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: R

auch

mel

der/s

mok

e de

tect

or

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -1

0W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: Ein

spei

sung

, Typ

: NYM

/NYY

-J 5

X, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: Fu

nktio

n: E

insp

eisu

ng/s

uppl

y

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -3

4W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3029

7, T

yp: Ö

lflex

400

CP

3x1,

5mm

², Ve

rsch

raub

ung:

400

CP

3x1,

5mm

M20

Funk

tion:

Kon

dens

ator

lüfte

r/con

dens

er fa

n

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

1 v

on 4

Kab

ellis

teU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H-X

37.

4-6

9A2

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFF

1/6

9.B

5B

N-X

315

.4-6

9A2

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFF

3/6

9.B

5G

N-X

326

.3-6

9A2

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFF

2/6

9.B

5Y

E-X

327

.3-6

9A2

/ Rau

chm

elde

r / S

FFF

4/6

9.B

5

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad1

-X3

16.2

+EX

TER

N-B

SK

21/7

0.A

22

-X3

25.3

+EX

TER

N-B

SK

22/7

0.A

2G

NY

E-X

32.

3+E

XTE

RN

-BS

KP

E/7

0.B

2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad1

-X3

16.3

+EX

TER

N-N

EA

21/7

0.A

52

-X3

46.2

+EX

TER

N-N

EA

22/7

0.A

5G

NY

E-X

32.

2+E

XTE

RN

-NE

AP

E/7

0.B

5

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad1

-X3

15.2

-Bau

s.-E

insc

h.12

/72.

D2

2-X

347

.2-B

aus.

-Ein

sch.

11/7

2.D

2G

NY

E-X

31.

4-B

aus.

-Ein

sch.

PE

/72.

D3

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad1

-X2

2.2

-Pot

.-Fre

ie K

lem

men

1/7

2.D

42

-X2

3.2

-Pot

.-Fre

ie K

lem

men

2/7

2.D

53

-X2

4.2

-Pot

.-Fre

ie K

lem

men

3/7

2.D

64

-X2

5.2

-Pot

.-Fre

ie K

lem

men

4/7

2.D

7G

NY

E-X

21.

2-P

ot.-F

reie

Kle

mm

enP

E/7

2.D

7

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -7

2W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3004

5, T

yp: H

05VV

5-F

5x1,

0 nu

mer

iert

, Ver

schr

aubu

ng: H

05VV

5-F

5x1,

0 M

20Fu

nktio

n: P

oten

tialfr

eie-

Kon

takt

e/po

tent

ial-f

ree

cont

acts

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -7

0W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3004

3, T

yp: H

05VV

5-F

3x1,

0mm

² num

erie

rt, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: H05

VV5-

F 3x

1,0m

m M

16Fu

nktio

n: N

etze

rsat

zbet

rieb/

emer

genc

y st

andb

y

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -7

2W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3004

3, T

yp: H

05VV

5-F

3x1,

0mm

² num

erie

rt, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: H05

VV5-

F 3x

1,0m

m M

16Fu

nktio

n: E

insc

haltu

ng b

ause

its/s

witc

h-on

by

cust

omer

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -7

0W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3004

3, T

yp: H

05VV

5-F

3x1,

0mm

² num

erie

rt, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: H05

VV5-

F 3x

1,0m

m M

16Fu

nktio

n: B

SK/fi

re p

rote

ctio

n fla

p

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

2 v

on 4

Kab

ellis

teU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H-8

0A2

TX-

-BU

S-A

nsch

luss

TX-

/80.

A2

BN

-80A

2TX

+-B

US

-Ans

chlu

ssTX

+/8

0.A

3G

N-8

0A2

GN

D-B

US

-Ans

chlu

ssG

ND

/80.

A3

YE Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H4

-8

1A1

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

S00

4850

RS

485

GN

D/1

/81.

D2

BN

4

-81A

1 / S

chni

ttste

lle /

PC

OS

0048

50 R

S48

5TX

+/2

/81.

D2

GN

4

-81A

1 / S

chni

ttste

lle /

PC

OS

0048

50 R

S48

5TX

-/3/8

1.D

2Y

E Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H4

-8

1A2

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

1000

BA

0 B

AC

net-R

S48

5G

ND

/81.

D4

BN

4

-81A

2 / S

chni

ttste

lle /

PC

O10

00B

A0

BA

Cne

t-RS

485

+/8

1.D

4G

N4

-8

1A2

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

1000

BA

0 B

AC

net-R

S48

5-

/81.

D4

YE Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adW

H4

-8

1A3

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

1000

0F0

GN

D/8

1.D

5B

N4

-8

1A3

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

1000

0F0

A/8

1.D

5G

N4

-8

1A3

/ Sch

nitts

telle

/ P

CO

1000

0F0

B/8

1.D

5Y

EBet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -8

1W3,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: S

chni

ttste

llenk

abel

LO

N -

Bus

/inte

rfac

e ca

ble

LON

- B

us

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -8

1W4,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: UTP

/CA

T.5/

8, T

yp: U

TP/C

AT.

5/8-

adr.,

Ver

schr

aubu

ng: M

20Fu

nktio

n: S

chni

ttste

llenk

abel

BA

Cne

t Eth

erne

t / W

eb/in

terf

ace

cabl

e B

AC

net E

ther

net /

Web

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -8

1W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: S

chni

ttste

llenk

abel

RS4

85/in

terf

ace

cabl

e R

S485

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -8

1W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: S

chni

ttste

llenk

abel

BA

Cne

t - R

S485

/inte

rfac

e ca

ble

BA

Cne

t - R

S485

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -8

0W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: 631

3023

4, T

yp: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75, g

esch

irmt,

Vers

chra

ubun

g: L

IYC

Y 2x

2x0.

75 M

20Fu

nktio

n: B

us-L

eitu

ng/b

us c

able

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

3 v

on 4

Kab

ellis

teU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

ad8-

adrig

4

4

/81.

D7

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adB

K-9

Q1

1L1

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.A

2B

N-9

Q1

1L2

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.A

2B

K-9

Q1

1L3

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.A

2B

U-E

insp

eisu

ng-E

insp

eisu

ng X

1/9

.A2

GN

YE

-Ein

spei

sung

X1

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.A

2

Ade

rB

etrie

bsm

ittel

Ans

chlu

ssB

etrie

bsm

ittel

/ B

enen

nung

/ Ty

pA

nsch

luss

Stro

mpf

adB

K-9

Q1

2L1

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.E

2B

N-9

Q1

2L2

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.E

2B

K-9

Q1

2L3

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.E

2B

U-E

insp

eisu

ng-E

insp

eisu

ng X

1/9

.E2

GN

YE

-Ein

spei

sung

X1

-PE

-Ein

spei

sung

/9.F

2

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -9

W1,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: Ein

spei

sung

, Typ

: NYM

/NYY

-J 5

X, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: Fu

nktio

n: E

insp

eisu

ng N

etz

A/s

uppl

y po

wer

sup

ply

A

Bet

riebs

mitt

el: ,

, -9

W2,

Art

ikel

num

mer

: Ein

spei

sung

, Typ

: NYM

/NYY

-J 5

X, V

ersc

hrau

bung

: Fu

nktio

n: E

insp

eisu

ng N

etz

B/s

uppl

y po

wer

sup

ply

B

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

4 v

on 4

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-9F1

1P

hase

nfol

gere

lais

phas

e co

ntro

l rel

ay63

4430

62/9

.C4

-9F2

1S

iche

rung

saut

omat

circ

uit b

reak

er63

9501

34/9

.B7

-9K

11

Leis

tung

ssch

ütz

pow

er c

onta

ctor

6343

0277

/9.D

5

-9K

11

Hilf

ssch

alte

rau

xilla

ry c

onta

ct63

4390

73/9

.E5

-9K

21

Leis

tung

ssch

ütz

pow

er c

onta

ctor

6343

0277

/9.D

7

-9K

21

Hilf

ssch

alte

rau

xilla

ry c

onta

ct63

4390

73/9

.E7

-9K

31

Zeitr

elai

stim

er re

lay

6344

4043

/9.D

5

-9K

41

Zeitr

elai

stim

er re

lay

6344

4043

/9.D

8

-9K

51

Rel

aiss

ocke

lre

lay

sock

et63

4490

41

-9K

51

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

64/9

.C6

-9Q

11

Hau

ptsc

halte

rm

ain

switc

h63

3104

07/9

.D1

-9Q

21

Leis

tung

ssch

alte

rpo

wer

sw

itch

6330

6040

/9.B

4

-9W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Ein

spei

sung

Net

z A

supp

ly p

ower

sup

ply

A/9

.A2

-9W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Ein

spei

sung

Net

z B

supp

ly p

ower

sup

ply

B/9

.E2

-10F

11

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

atci

rcui

t bre

aker

6395

5013

/10.

B5

-10G

11

Kom

bi-N

etzg

erät

com

bina

tion

pow

er s

uppl

y un

it63

3520

52/1

0.C

5

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

1 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-10Q

11

Hau

ptsc

halte

rm

ain

switc

h63

3104

05/1

0.A

2

-10W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Ein

spei

sung

supp

ly/1

0.A

1

-20K

11

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6343

2045

/20.

B2

-20K

11

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

29

-20M

11

Ven

tilat

orfa

n63

5311

01/2

0.E

2

-20M

21

Ven

tilat

orfa

n63

5311

01/2

0.E

4

-20X

S1

1A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngco

nnec

ting

cabl

e63

1432

08/2

0.D

2

-20X

S2

1A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngco

nnec

ting

cabl

e63

1432

09/2

0.D

2

-20X

S3

1A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngco

nnec

ting

cabl

e63

1432

08/2

0.D

3

-20X

S4

1A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngco

nnec

ting

cabl

e63

1432

09/2

0.D

4

-30F

11

Hoc

hdru

ckpr

esso

stat

HP

pre

ssos

tat

6367

3069

/30.

C5

-30F

21

Hoc

hdru

ckpr

esso

stat

HP

pre

ssos

tat

6367

3069

/30.

C6

-30F

31

Hoc

hdru

ckpr

esso

stat

HP

pre

ssos

tat

6367

3069

/30.

C7

-30K

11

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6343

2043

/30.

A2

-30K

11

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

28

-30K

21

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6343

2043

/30.

A3

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

2 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-30K

21

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

28

-30K

31

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6343

2043

/30.

A4

-30K

31

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

28

-30M

11

Käl

tem

asch

ine

refri

gera

ting

mac

hine

6361

0539

/30.

E2

-30M

21

Käl

tem

asch

ine

refri

gera

ting

mac

hine

6361

0539

/30.

E3

-30M

31

Käl

tem

asch

ine

refri

gera

ting

mac

hine

6361

0539

/30.

E4

-31A

11

Übe

rhitz

ungs

regl

erco

ntro

ller

6382

5369

/31.

B2

-31A

11

Ans

chlu

sskl

emm

ense

t63

8290

76-3

1B1

1K

abel

cabl

e63

6790

18

-31B

11

Dru

cktra

nsm

itter

pres

sure

tran

sduc

er63

6730

86/3

1.E

3

-31B

21

Tem

pera

turfü

hler

tem

pera

ture

sen

sor

6383

2283

/31.

E4

-31K

11

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

96/3

1.F7

-31Y

11

elek

troni

sche

s V

entil

elec

troni

c va

lve

6369

4051

/31.

E6

-31Y

11

Kab

elca

ble

6369

4055

-34A

11

Kon

dens

ator

lüfte

rco

nden

ser f

an59

_ext

ern

/34.

C6

-34F

11

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

atci

rcui

t bre

aker

6395

0111

/34.

A2

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

3 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-34W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Kon

dens

ator

lüfte

rco

nden

ser f

an63

1302

97/3

4.C

6

-40E

11

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E1

-40E

21

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E2

-40E

31

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E2

-40E

41

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E3

-40E

51

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E3

-40E

61

Hei

zung

heat

ing

6362

1059

/40.

E3

-40F

11

Sic

herh

eits

tem

pera

turb

egre

nzer

safe

ty te

mpe

ratu

re li

mite

r63

6770

16/4

0.B

6

-40K

11

Leis

tung

ssch

ütz

pow

er c

onta

ctor

6343

0189

-40K

11

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6423

4123

/40.

B2

-40K

11

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

29

-40K

11

Leis

tung

ssch

alte

rpo

wer

sw

itch

6330

6047

-40K

11

Hilf

ssch

alte

rau

xilla

ry c

onta

ct63

4390

11

-40K

11

Hilf

ssch

alte

rau

xilla

ry c

onta

ct63

3060

51

-40V

11

Last

rela

islo

ad re

lay

6344

0170

/40.

E7

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

4 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-40V

21

Last

rela

islo

ad re

lay

6344

0170

/40.

E7

-50E

11

Dam

pfbe

feuc

hter

stea

m h

umid

ifier

6364

9096

/50.

E2

-50K

11

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

cons

umer

bra

nch-

off

6343

2045

/50.

B2

-50K

11

Var

isto

rva

risto

r63

3240

29

-50K

21

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

96/5

0.F8

-50N

11

Fede

rleis

tefe

mal

e co

nnec

tor

6321

2069

-50N

11

Fede

rleis

tefe

mal

e co

nnec

tor

6321

2070

-50N

11

Ste

uere

inhe

itco

ntro

l mod

ule

6364

9097

/50.

C3

-50S

11

Wip

p-Ta

ster

togg

le b

utto

n63

3080

45/5

0.B

6

-50S

21

Wip

p-Ta

ster

togg

le b

utto

n63

3080

45/5

0.D

6

-52F

11

Kan

alhy

gros

tat

duct

-mou

ntin

g hy

grom

eter

6382

5033

/52.

D2

-60K

11

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

96/6

0.E

6

-60Y

11

Ste

llant

rieb

actu

ator

driv

e63

5110

78/6

0.D

2

-64F

11

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

atci

rcui

t bre

aker

6395

0134

/64.

B2

-64M

11

Kon

dens

at-H

ebep

umpe

cond

ensa

te d

isch

arge

pum

p63

5200

62/6

4.C

2

-64M

21

Pum

pepu

mp

6352

0052

/64.

C6

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

5 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-64S

11

Sch

wim

mer

scha

lter

float

sw

itch

6330

1012

/64.

D7

-65F

11

Was

serm

elde

rw

ater

sen

sor

6367

3063

/65.

D3

-67B

11

Dru

ckse

nsor

pr

essu

re s

enso

r59

_Bei

stel

lung

/67.

D4

-67W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Dop

pelb

oden

-Dru

ckse

nsor

doub

le fl

oor p

ress

ure

sens

or63

1302

34/6

7.C

4

-68B

11

Tem

pera

tur-

Feuc

htef

ühle

rte

mp.

/hum

idity

sen

sor

6383

2280

/68.

D3

-68B

21

Tem

pera

turfü

hler

tem

pera

ture

sen

sor

6383

2257

/68.

D6

-69A

11

Rau

chm

elde

rsm

oke

dete

ctor

6383

2259

/69.

B2

-69A

21

Rau

chm

elde

rsm

oke

dete

ctor

6383

2258

/69.

B5

-69W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Rau

chm

elde

rsm

oke

dete

ctor

6313

0234

/69.

D2

-69W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Bra

ndm

elde

rfir

e de

tect

or63

1302

34/6

9.D

5

-70B

11

Dru

ckse

nsor

pres

sure

sen

sor

6338

0016

/70.

D7

-70K

11

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

96/7

0.F3

-70K

21

Sch

altre

lais

switc

hing

rela

y63

4400

96/7

0.E

5

-70W

11

Kab

elca

ble

BS

Kfir

e pr

otec

tion

flap

6313

0043

/70.

A2

-70W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Net

zers

atzb

etrie

b&

#250

6;63

1300

43/7

0.A

5

-72W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Ein

scha

ltung

bau

seits

switc

h-on

by

cust

omer

6313

0043

/72.

C2

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

6 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-72W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Pot

entia

lfrei

e-K

onta

kte

pote

ntia

l-fre

e co

ntac

ts63

1300

45/7

2.C

4

-80A

11

Bed

ient

eil

oper

atin

g pa

nel

6423

8009

/80.

B2

-80A

11

Rah

men

fram

e63

8290

69

-80A

11

Bed

ient

eil

oper

atin

g pa

nel

6382

5320

-80A

21

Bas

ispl

atin

eba

se b

oard

6382

5332

/80.

B2

-80W

11

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

elin

terfa

ce c

able

6314

5022

/80.

B2

-80W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Bus

-Lei

tung

bus

cabl

e63

1302

34/8

0.B

2

-81A

11

Sch

nitts

telle

inte

rface

6385

2068

/81.

D2

-81A

21

Sch

nitts

telle

inte

rface

6385

2081

/81.

D4

-81A

31

Sch

nitts

telle

inte

rface

6385

2083

/81.

D5

-81A

41

Sch

nitts

telle

inte

rface

6385

2082

/81.

D7

-81W

11

Kab

elca

ble

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

el R

S48

5in

terfa

ce c

able

RS

485

6313

0234

/81.

E2

-81W

21

Kab

elca

ble

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

el B

AC

net -

R

S48

5in

terfa

ce c

able

BA

Cne

t -

RS

485

6313

0234

/81.

E3

-81W

31

Kab

elca

ble

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

el L

ON

- B

usin

terfa

ce c

able

LO

N -

Bus

6313

0234

/81.

E5

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

7 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-81W

41

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

elin

terfa

ce c

able

Sch

nitts

telle

nkab

el B

AC

net

Eth

erne

t / W

ebin

terfa

ce c

able

BA

Cne

t E

ther

net /

Web

/81.

E7

-X1

1K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0446

/10.

E5

-X1

8K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0444

/40.

D1

-X1

2K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0398

/34.

B2

-X1

4K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0447

/30.

D2

-X2

2K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0398

/72.

C4

-X2

1K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0401

/72.

C7

-X3

3K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0400

/10.

D8

-X3

5K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0400

/10.

D8

-X3

4K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0400

/10.

E6

-X3

1K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0112

/20.

C6

-X3

9K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0398

/30.

C5

-X3

1K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0112

/20.

C5

-X3

3K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0401

/31.

D2

-X3

8K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0112

/20.

C2

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

8 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MK

UK

S 3

300.

760-

790_

V 2

.2U

KS

PC

S+

Dok

umen

tart

docu

men

t typ

e02

Sch

altp

lan

Anl

age

syst

emO

rtLO

CB

MK

Dev

IDSt

kQ

tyB

aute

ilbez

eich

nung

com

pone

nt d

esig

natio

nFu

nktio

nfu

nctio

nA

rtik

el-N

r.ar

ticle

no.

Pfad

path

-X4

2K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0400

/10.

E7

-X4

2K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0400

/10.

E7

-X4

4K

lem

me

term

inal

6321

0398

/68.

C4

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

9 v

on 9

Stü

cklis

te B

MU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

UK

S P

CS

+ D

okum

enta

rt02

Sch

altp

lan

Anlage

Ort

BMK

Stk

Bauteilbezeichnung

Typ

Hersteller

Artikel-Nr.

Pfad

3K

abel

H05

VV

5-F

3x1,

0mm

²-

6313

0043

1K

abel

H05

VV

5-F

5x1,

0-

6313

0045

7K

abel

LIY

CY

2x2

x0.7

5-

6313

0234

1K

abel

Ölfl

ex 4

00C

P 3

x1,5

mm

²La

pp63

1302

97

2A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngH

an Q

5/0

+Ltg

.400

0mm

/4G

1,5

SE

T63

1432

08

2A

nsch

luss

leitu

ngH

an4A

+Lt

g.40

00m

m/5

G1,

0S

ET

6314

3209

1S

chni

ttste

llenk

abel

S90

CO

NN

000

Car

el63

1450

2210

Kle

mm

e27

9-68

1 1

.5m

m²

Wag

o G

mbH

6321

0112

1K

lem

me

280-

681

2.5

mm

²W

ago

Gm

bH63

2101

1516

Kle

mm

e2X

2L-K

lem

me

1,5m

m² 2

79-

826

grau

Wag

o G

mbH

6321

0398

17K

lem

me

6321

0400

3K

lem

me

1,5m

m² 2

79-8

37 G

NY

EW

ago

Gm

bH63

2104

018

Kle

mm

e4L

-Kle

mm

e 2,

5mm

² Gr.2

80-

833

grau

Wag

o G

mbH

6321

0444

1K

lem

me

4L-K

lem

me

2,5m

m² G

r.280

-83

4 bl

auW

ago

Gm

bH63

2104

46

4K

lem

me

4L-S

chut

zlei

terk

l. 2,

5mm

² 280

-83

7 G

NY

EW

ago

Gm

bH63

2104

47

1Fe

derle

iste

FKC

T 2,

5/12

-ST-

5,08

Pho

enix

6321

2069

1Fe

derle

iste

FKC

T 2,

5/10

-ST-

5,08

Pho

enix

6321

2070

1S

chw

imm

ersc

halte

rA

rt.-N

r.201

96Ju

ng63

3010

121

Leis

tung

ssch

alte

r3R

V10

11-1

BA

10S

iem

ens

6330

6040

1Le

istu

ngss

chal

ter

3RV

1031

-4E

A10

Sie

men

s63

3060

471

Hilf

ssch

alte

r3R

V19

01-1

ES

iem

ens

6330

6051

2W

ipp-

Tast

er18

03.1

202/

11G

2572

1W

Mar

quar

dt63

3080

451

Hau

ptsc

halte

rH

410-

SE

2715

Säl

zer

6331

0405

1H

aupt

scha

lter

AC

23:8

0A/3

7KW

, 6H

/ H

410-

SE

2716

Säl

zer

6331

0407

3V

aris

tor

3RT1

916-

1BB

00S

iem

ens

6332

4028

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

1 v

on 3

Stü

cklis

te B

MU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

UK

S P

CS

+ D

okum

enta

rt02

Sch

altp

lan

Anlage

Ort

BMK

Stk

Bauteilbezeichnung

Typ

Hersteller

Artikel-Nr.

Pfad

3V

aris

tor

3RT1

926-

1BB

00S

iem

ens

6332

4029

1K

ombi

-Net

zger

ätE

GT

230V

AC

/24V

~/24

V-

SB

A T

rafo

6335

2052

1D

ruck

sens

orP

TH-3

202

0-25

00P

aO

J E

lect

roni

cs63

3800

161

Leis

tung

ssch

ütz

3RT1

026-

1BB

40S

iem

ens

6343

0189

2Le

istu

ngss

chüt

zD

ILM

P12

5M

oelle

r63

4302

773

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

3RA

1125

-4A

A17

-1B

B4

Sie

men

s63

4320

432

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

3RA

1125

/11K

W/1

4-20

AS

iem

ens

6343

2045

1H

ilfss

chal

ter

3RH

1921

-1H

A22

Sie

men

s63

4390

112

Hilf

ssch

alte

rD

ILM

150-

XH

I11

2779

46M

oelle

r63

4390

731

Sch

altre

lais

55.3

4.8.

230.

0040

Find

er63

4400

645

Sch

altre

lais

49.6

2.9.

024.

0050

AFi

nder

6344

0096

2La

stre

lais

RN

1A48

D50

Car

lo G

avaz

zi63

4401

701

Pha

senf

olge

rela

isD

PA

53C

M48

Car

lo G

avaz

zi63

4430

622

Zeitr

elai

sE

RE

1S

VR

5501

07R

4100

1W

0,

3s-3

0sA

BB

6344

4043

1R

elai

ssoc

kel

NR

.94.

84.3

Find

er63

4490

411

Ste

llant

rieb

BN

-20C

1E-S

093

Wei

ss63

5110

781

Pum

peU

3 K

S N

IRO

Jung

6352

0052

1K

onde

nsat

-Heb

epum

peG

DW

-2N

Frav

id63

5200

622

Ven

tilat

orR

3G63

0-A

B06

-21

M10

0EC

ebm

6353

1101

3K

älte

mas

chin

eZB

45K

CE

-TFD

-551

Cop

elan

d63

6105

396

Hei

zung

2,5K

W/4

00V

Tria

ther

m63

6210

591

Dam

pfbe

feuc

hter

OE

M 4

64A

xair

6364

9096

1S

teue

rein

heit

EC

CM

24V

DC

Axa

ir63

6490

971

Was

serm

elde

rS

WM

3.2

Rin

ck E

lect

roni

k63

6730

633

Hoc

hdru

ckpr

esso

stat

PS

3-B

6S 2

5A

lco

6367

3069

1D

ruck

trans

mitt

erP

T4-1

8MA

lco

6367

3086

1S

iche

rhei

tste

mpe

ratu

rbeg

renz

erK

TR-0

90R

110

+100

/+60

CS

+S63

6770

161

Kab

elA

nsch

luss

kabe

l PT4

-M30

Alc

o63

6790

181

elek

troni

sche

s V

entil

EX

6-U

21/N

15A

lco

6369

4051

1K

abel

EX

5-N

60A

lco

6369

4055

1K

anal

hygr

osta

tH

G M

ini

Gal

ltec

6382

5033

1B

edie

ntei

lP

GD

1000

FZ0

Car

el63

8253

201

Bas

ispl

atin

eP

CO

3002

AM

0C

arel

6382

5332

1Ü

berh

itzun

gsre

gler

EC

3-X

33A

lco

6382

5369

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

2 v

on 3

Stü

cklis

te B

MU

KS

330

0.76

0-79

0_V

2.2

UK

S P

CS

+ D

okum

enta

rt02

Sch

altp

lan

Anlage

Ort

BMK

Stk

Bauteilbezeichnung

Typ

Hersteller

Artikel-Nr.

Pfad

1R

ahm

enP

GD

100F

R11

Car

el63

8290

691

Ans

chlu

sskl

emm

ense

tK

03-X

33A

lco

6382

9076

1Te

mpe

ratu

rfühl

erN

TC03

0HP

00C

arel

6383

2257

1R

auch

mel

der

SFF

FC

arel

6383

2258

1R

auch

mel

der

SFF

SC

arel

6383

2259

1Te

mpe

ratu

r-Fe

ucht

efüh

ler

DP

WC

1110

00C

arel

6383

2280

1Te

mpe

ratu

rfühl

erE

CN

-N30

Alc

o63

8322

831

Sch

nitts

telle

PC

OS

0048

50 R

S48

5C

arel

6385

2068

1S

chni

ttste

lleP

CO

1000

BA

0 B

AC

net-R

S48

5C

arel

6385

2081

1S

chni

ttste

lleP

CO

1000

WB

0 B

AC

net-

Eth

./Web

Car

el63

8520

82

1S

chni

ttste

lleP

CO

1000

0F0

Car

el63

8520

831

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

at5S

X2

110-

7 C

10A

1P

OL

Sie

men

s63

9501

112

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

at5S

X2

102-

7 C

2A

1P

OL

Sie

men

s63

9501

341

Sic

heru

ngsa

utom

at5S

X2

106-

8 D

6A

1P

OL

Sie

men

s63

9550

131

Ver

brau

cher

abzw

eig

3RT1

026-

S0

+ 3R

V10

31S

iem

ens

6423

4123

1B

edie

ntei

lP

GD

1000

FZ0

dunk

elgr

auC

arel

6423

8009

Dat

um: 3

0.09

.200

9S

eite

3 v

on 3

Erstellt am: 03.08.2005 Rittal GmbH & Co. KG Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 15.06.2011 Seite 1 von 1

Spare parts list Umluftklimasystem UKS-DX, 3300.510-760

Part No. designation 3300. 510

3300. 560

3300. 710

3300. 760

Refrigeration components 63644431 heat exchanger DV DELTA 60.3 DX 1 63644432 heat exchanger DV DELTA 85.3 DX 1 63644433 heat exchanger DV DELTA 125.3 DX 1 63644434 heat exchanger DV DELTA 160.3 DX 1 61219018 insulation hose AF-1-022; DSD 8 Armaflex X 61219013 insulation hose AF-4-028; DSD19 Armaflex X 61219014 insulation hose AF-1-035; DSD 9 Armafllex X X 63650072 refrigerant dryer DML 305 16 B 5/8" 1 1 1 1 63680014 spy glass 16 mm BÖR SGN 16 1 1 1 1 62625105 soldered nipple 7/16" UNF 3 3 3 3 Air transport components 62830989 filter G4 1220x450x47 2 2 62830988 filter G4 1220x400x47 3 4 62830990 filter F7 1220x450x47 2 2 62830991 filter F7 1220x400x47 3 4 Humidification components 63645030 steam cylinder A 363 1 1 1 63645065 steam cylinder A 464 1 Electric components See bill of materials for electric diagram